]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texi
[MIPS/GAS] Split Loongson CAM Instructions from loongson3a
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
219d1afa 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset H8/300
44@set H8
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset SH
47@set H8
48@end ifset
49@ifset HPPA
50@set abnormal-separator
51@end ifset
52@c ------------
53@ifset GENERIC
54@settitle Using @value{AS}
55@end ifset
56@ifclear GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
58@end ifclear
59@setchapternewpage odd
60@c %**end of header
61
62@c @smallbook
63@c @set SMALL
64@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
65@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
66@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
67@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 68@c
252b5132
RH
69@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
70@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
71@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
72@c break.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
75@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
76@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
77@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 78@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
79@ifinfo
80@set SMALL
81@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
82@c might as well show 'em anyways.
83@end ifinfo
84
9160ea82
AM
85@ifnottex
86@dircategory Software development
87@direntry
252b5132 88* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 89* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
90@end direntry
91@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
92
93@finalout
94@syncodeindex ky cp
95
0e9517a9 96@copying
252b5132
RH
97This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
98
0285c67d 99@c man begin COPYRIGHT
219d1afa 100Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 101
0285c67d 102Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 103under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
104or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
105with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
106Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 107section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
108
109@c man end
0e9517a9 110@end copying
252b5132
RH
111
112@titlepage
113@title Using @value{AS}
114@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
115@ifclear GENERIC
116@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
117@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
118@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
119@sp 1
120@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
121@end ifset
252b5132
RH
122@sp 1
123@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
124@sp 1
125@sp 13
b45619c0 126The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 127Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 128first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
129The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
130distracting the boss while they got some work
131done.
132@sp 3
133@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
134@page
135@tex
136{\parskip=0pt
137\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
138\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
139}
140%"boxit" macro for figures:
141%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
142\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
143 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
144#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
145\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
146@end tex
147
148@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
219d1afa 149Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 150
cf055d54 151 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 152 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
153 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
154 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
155 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 156 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 157
252b5132 158@end titlepage
4ecceb71 159@contents
252b5132 160
2e64b665 161@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
162@node Top
163@top Using @value{AS}
164
e49e529d
JM
165This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
166@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
167@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
168@end ifset
169version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 170@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 171This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
172code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
173@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
174
175This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
176Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 177section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 178
252b5132
RH
179@menu
180* Overview:: Overview
181* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
182* Syntax:: Syntax
183* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
184* Symbols:: Symbols
185* Expressions:: Expressions
186* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
187@ifset ELF
188* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
189@end ifset
252b5132
RH
190* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
191* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
192* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 193* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 194* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 195@end menu
2e64b665 196@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
197
198@node Overview
199@chapter Overview
200@iftex
a4fb0134 201This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 202@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 203This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
204code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
205@end ifclear
206@end iftex
207
208@cindex invocation summary
209@cindex option summary
210@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 211Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 212see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 213
0285c67d
NC
214@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
215
a4fb0134 216@ignore
0285c67d
NC
217@c man begin SEEALSO
218gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
219@c man end
a4fb0134 220@end ignore
0285c67d 221
252b5132
RH
222@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
223@c to be limited to one line for the header.
224@smallexample
0285c67d 225@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 226@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 227 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 228 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 229 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
230 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
231 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
232 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
233 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 234 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 235 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
236 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
237 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
238 [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
240 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
241 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 242 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 243 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 244 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 247@c
6387924a 248@c man end
a4fb0134 249@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 250@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 251@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
252@ifset AARCH64
253
254@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
255 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 256 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 257@end ifset
625e1353
RH
258@ifset ALPHA
259
260@emph{Target Alpha options:}
261 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
262 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 263 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
264 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
265 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
266@end ifset
252b5132 267@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
270 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
271 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
272 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 273 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
275@end ifset
276@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
277
278@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 279@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
280 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
281 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
282 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
283 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 284 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 285 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
286 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
287 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
288 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 289 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 290@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
291@ifset Blackfin
292
293@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
294 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
295 [@b{-mfdpic}]
296 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
297 [@b{-mnopic}]
298@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
299@ifset CRIS
300
301@emph{Target CRIS options:}
302 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
303 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
304 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 305 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
306@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
307@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
308@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
309@ifset CSKY
310
311@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
312 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
313 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
314 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
315 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
316 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
317 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
318 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
319 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
320 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
321 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
322 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
323 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
324 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
325 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
326 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
327 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
328@end ifset
252b5132 329@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
330
331@emph{Target D10V options:}
332 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
333@end ifset
334@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
335
336@emph{Target D30V options:}
337 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 338@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
339@ifset EPIPHANY
340
341@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
342 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
343@end ifset
252b5132 344@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
345
346@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
347 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
348@end ifset
349@ifset HPPA
350@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
351@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
352@ifset I80386
353
354@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 355 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 356 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 357@end ifset
587fe2b3 358@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 359
9e32ca89
NC
360@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
361 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
362 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
363 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 364 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 365 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 366 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
367 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
368@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
369@ifset IP2K
370
371@emph{Target IP2K options:}
372 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
373@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
374@ifset M32C
375
376@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 377 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 378@end ifset
587fe2b3 379@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 380
a4fb0134
SC
381@emph{Target M32R options:}
382 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 383 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 384@end ifset
252b5132 385@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
386
387@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
388 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 389@end ifset
60bcf0fa 390@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
391
392@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 393 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
394 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
395 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 396 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
397 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
398 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
399@end ifset
400@ifset MCORE
401
402@emph{Target MCORE options:}
403 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
404 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 405@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
406@ifset METAG
407
408@emph{Target Meta options:}
409 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
410@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
411@ifset MICROBLAZE
412@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
413@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
414@end ifset
252b5132 415@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
416
417@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 418 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 419 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 420 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
422 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
423 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 424 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 425 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
426 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
427 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 428 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 429 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 430 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 431 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 432 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 433 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 434 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 435 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 436 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 437 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 438 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 439 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 440 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 441 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 442 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 443 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 444 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 445 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 446 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 447 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 448 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
833794fc 449 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 450 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 451 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
452 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
453 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 454 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 455 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
456@end ifset
457@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
458
459@emph{Target MMIX options:}
460 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
461 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
462 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 463 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 464@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
465@ifset NIOSII
466
467@emph{Target Nios II options:}
468 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
469 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
470@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
471@ifset NDS32
472
473@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
474 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
475 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
476 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
477 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
478 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
479 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
480 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
481 [@b{-mb2bb}]
482@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
483@ifset PDP11
484
485@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
486 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
487 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 488 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
489@end ifset
490@ifset PJ
491
492@emph{Target picoJava options:}
493 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
494@end ifset
495@ifset PPC
496
497@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
498 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
499 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
500 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
501 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
502 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
503 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 504 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 505 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 506 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
507 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
508 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 509 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 510 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 511@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
512@ifset PRU
513
514@emph{Target PRU options:}
515 [@b{-link-relax}]
516 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
517 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
518@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
519@ifset RISCV
520
521@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
522 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
523 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
524 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
525@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
526@ifset RL78
527
528@emph{Target RL78 options:}
529 [@b{-mg10}]
530 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
531@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
532@ifset RX
533
534@emph{Target RX options:}
535 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 536 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
537 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
538 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
539 [@b{-mpid}]
540 [@b{-mrelax}]
541 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
542 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 543@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
544@ifset S390
545
546@emph{Target s390 options:}
547 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
548 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
549 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
550@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
551@ifset SCORE
552
553@emph{Target SCORE options:}
554 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
555 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
556 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
557 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
558@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
559@ifset SPARC
560
561@emph{Target SPARC options:}
562@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
563 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
564 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
565 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
566 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
567 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
568 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
569 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
570 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
571 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
572 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
573 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
574 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
575 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 576 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 577 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
578@end ifset
579@ifset TIC54X
580
581@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 582 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
583 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
584@end ifset
40b36596
JM
585@ifset TIC6X
586
587@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
588 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
589 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
590 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 591@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
592@ifset TILEGX
593
594@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 595 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
596@end ifset
597@ifset TILEPRO
598@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
599@end ifset
b6605ddd 600@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 601
b6605ddd
EB
602@emph{Target Visium options:}
603 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
604@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
605@ifset XTENSA
606
607@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
608 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
609 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
610 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
611 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
612 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 613 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 614@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
615@ifset Z80
616
617@emph{Target Z80 options:}
618 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
619 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
620 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
621 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
622 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
623 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
624 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
625@end ifset
a4fb0134 626@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 627
a4fb0134 628@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 629@end ifset
e0001a05 630
0285c67d 631@c man end
252b5132
RH
632@end smallexample
633
0285c67d
NC
634@c man begin OPTIONS
635
a4fb0134 636@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 637@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 638
83f10cb2 639@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
640Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
641
a4fb0134 642@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
643@item -ac
644omit false conditionals
645
646@item -ad
647omit debugging directives
648
83f10cb2
NC
649@item -ag
650include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
651
252b5132
RH
652@item -ah
653include high-level source
654
655@item -al
656include assembly
657
658@item -am
659include macro expansions
660
661@item -an
662omit forms processing
663
664@item -as
665include symbols
666
667@item =file
668set the name of the listing file
669@end table
670
671You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
672listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
673the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
674
caa32fe5 675@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
676Begin in alternate macro mode.
677@ifclear man
678@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
679@end ifclear
caa32fe5 680
955974c6 681@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
682Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
683ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
684linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
685given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 686
151411f8
L
687@ifset ELF
688@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
689@item --compress-debug-sections=none
690@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
691@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
692@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
693These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
694@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
695@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
696@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 697@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 698@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
699@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
700sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
701@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
702@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
703
151411f8
L
704@end ifset
705
955974c6 706@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
707Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
708targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
709override this.
955974c6 710
252b5132
RH
711@item -D
712Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
713other assemblers.
714
3d6b762c
JM
715@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
716When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
717information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
718
252b5132
RH
719@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
720Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
721@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
722indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
723value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
724use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
725
726@item -f
727``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
728compiler output).
729
329e276d
NC
730@item -g
731@itemx --gen-debug
732Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
733debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
734ECOFF or DWARF2.
735
252b5132
RH
736@item --gstabs
737Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
738may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
739
05da4302
NC
740@item --gstabs+
741Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
742extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
743debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
744may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
745the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
746
329e276d 747@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 748Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 749may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 750option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 751
b40bf0a2
NC
752@item --gdwarf-sections
753Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
754.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
755corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
756will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
757@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
758then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
759suffix.
760
b8871f35 761@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
762@item --size-check=error
763@itemx --size-check=warning
764Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
765
b8871f35
L
766@item --elf-stt-common=no
767@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
768These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
769symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
770by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
771
772@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
773@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
774These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
775attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
776The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
777configure option.
778
b8871f35
L
779@end ifset
780
252b5132 781@item --help
a05a5b64 782Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 783
ea20a7da
CC
784@item --target-help
785Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
786
252b5132
RH
787@item -I @var{dir}
788Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
789
790@item -J
791Don't warn about signed overflow.
792
793@item -K
794@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
795This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
796@end ifclear
797@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
798Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
799@end ifset
800
801@item -L
802@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
803Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
804system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
805or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
806@ifclear man
807@xref{Symbol Names}.
808@end ifclear
252b5132 809
c3a27914
NC
810@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
811Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
812listing to @var{number}.
813
814@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
815Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
816lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
817
818@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
819Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
820@var{number} bytes.
821
822@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
823Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
824to @var{number} + 1.
825
2edb36e7
NC
826@item --no-pad-sections
827Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
828of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
829which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
830
252b5132 831@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 832Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
833
834@item -R
835Fold the data section into the text section.
836
d60646b9 837@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
838Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
839@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
840assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
841memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
842requirements at the expense of speed.
843
844@item --reduce-memory-overheads
845This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
846assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
847@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
848
451133ce
NP
849@ifset ELF
850@item --sectname-subst
851Honor substitution sequences in section names.
852@ifclear man
853@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
854@end ifclear
855@end ifset
856
252b5132
RH
857@item --statistics
858Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
859assembly.
860
861@item --strip-local-absolute
862Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
863
864@item -v
865@itemx -version
a4fb0134 866Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
867
868@item --version
a4fb0134 869Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
870
871@item -W
2bdd6cf5 872@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
873Suppress warning messages.
874
2bdd6cf5
GK
875@item --fatal-warnings
876Treat warnings as errors.
877
878@item --warn
879Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
880
252b5132
RH
881@item -w
882Ignored.
883
884@item -x
885Ignored.
886
887@item -Z
888Generate an object file even after errors.
889
890@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
891Standard input, or source files to assemble.
892
893@end table
2a633939
JM
894@c man end
895
a06ea964
NC
896@ifset AARCH64
897
898@ifclear man
899@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
900for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
901@end ifclear
902
903@ifset man
904@c man begin OPTIONS
905The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
90664-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
907@c man end
908@c man begin INCLUDE
909@include c-aarch64.texi
910@c ended inside the included file
911@end ifset
912
913@end ifset
914
2a633939
JM
915@ifset ALPHA
916
917@ifclear man
918@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
919for an Alpha processor.
920@end ifclear
921
922@ifset man
923@c man begin OPTIONS
924The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
925processor.
926@c man end
927@c man begin INCLUDE
928@include c-alpha.texi
929@c ended inside the included file
930@end ifset
931
932@end ifset
252b5132 933
2a633939 934@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 935@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
936The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
937processor.
252b5132 938
a4fb0134 939@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 940@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
941This option selects the core processor variant.
942@item -EB | -EL
943Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
944@item -mcode-density
945Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
946@end table
947@end ifset
948
949@ifset ARM
950The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
951processor family.
952
a4fb0134 953@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 954@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 955Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 956@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 957Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 958@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 959Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
960@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
961Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
962@item -mthumb
963Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 964@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
965Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
966@item -EB | -EL
967Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
968@item -mthumb-interwork
969Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
970ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
971@item -mccs
972Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
973@item -k
974Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
975@end table
976@end ifset
635fb38d 977@c man end
252b5132 978
9982501a 979@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
980
981@ifclear man
982@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
983configured for the Blackfin processor family.
984@end ifclear
985
986@ifset man
987@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
988The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
989the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
990@c man end
991@c man begin INCLUDE
992@include c-bfin.texi
993@c ended inside the included file
994@end ifset
9982501a 995
9982501a
JZ
996@end ifset
997
635fb38d 998@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
999@ifset CRIS
1000See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1001@end ifset
1002
b8891f8d
AJ
1003@ifset CSKY
1004
1005@ifclear man
1006@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1007configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1008@end ifclear
1009
1010@ifset man
1011@c man begin OPTIONS
1012The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1013the C-SKY processor family.
1014@c man end
1015@c man begin INCLUDE
1016@include c-csky.texi
1017@c ended inside the included file
1018@end ifset
1019
1020@end ifset
1021
252b5132
RH
1022@ifset D10V
1023The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1024a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1025@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1026@cindex D10V optimization
1027@cindex optimization, D10V
1028@item -O
1029Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1030@end table
1031@end ifset
1032
1033@ifset D30V
1034The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1035processor.
a4fb0134 1036@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1037@cindex D30V optimization
1038@cindex optimization, D30V
1039@item -O
1040Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1041
1042@cindex D30V nops
1043@item -n
1044Warn when nops are generated.
1045
1046@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1047@item -N
1048Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1049@end table
1050@end ifset
731caf76
L
1051@c man end
1052
cfb8c092
NC
1053@ifset EPIPHANY
1054The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1055Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1056
56b13185
JR
1057@ifclear man
1058@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1059configured for an Epiphany processor.
1060@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1061
56b13185
JR
1062@ifset man
1063@c man begin OPTIONS
1064The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1065an Epiphany processor.
1066@c man end
1067@c man begin INCLUDE
1068@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1069@c ended inside the included file
1070@end ifset
1071
1072@end ifset
1073
1074@ifset H8300
1075
1076@ifclear man
1077@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1078for an H8/300 processor.
1079@end ifclear
1080
1081@ifset man
1082@c man begin OPTIONS
1083The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1084processor.
1085@c man end
1086@c man begin INCLUDE
1087@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1088@c ended inside the included file
1089@end ifset
cfb8c092 1090
cfb8c092
NC
1091@end ifset
1092
731caf76 1093@ifset I80386
252b5132 1094
731caf76
L
1095@ifclear man
1096@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1097configured for an i386 processor.
1098@end ifclear
1099
1100@ifset man
1101@c man begin OPTIONS
1102The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1103an i386 processor.
1104@c man end
1105@c man begin INCLUDE
1106@include c-i386.texi
1107@c ended inside the included file
1108@end ifset
1109
1110@end ifset
1111
1112@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1113@ifset IP2K
1114The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1115Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1116
1117@table @gcctabopt
1118
1119@item -mip2022ext
1120Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1121
1122@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1123Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1124just the basic IP2022 ones.
1125
1126@end table
1127@end ifset
1128
49f58d10
JB
1129@ifset M32C
1130The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1131Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1132
1133@table @gcctabopt
1134
1135@item -m32c
1136Assemble M32C instructions.
1137
1138@item -m16c
1139Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1140
c54b5932
DD
1141@item -relax
1142Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1143
1144@item -h-tick-hex
1145Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1146
49f58d10
JB
1147@end table
1148@end ifset
1149
ec694b89
NC
1150@ifset M32R
1151The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1152Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1153
a4fb0134 1154@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1155
1156@item --m32rx
1157Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1158is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1159
1160@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1161Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1162encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1163
1164@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1165Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1166encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1167
1168@end table
1169@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1170
1171@ifset M680X0
1172The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1173Motorola 68000 series.
1174
a4fb0134 1175@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1176
1177@item -l
1178Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1179
0285c67d
NC
1180@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1181@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1182@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1183Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1184is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1185
1186@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1187The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1188The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1189the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1190two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1191coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1192
1193@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1194The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1195unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1196
1197@end table
1198@end ifset
1199
36591ba1
SL
1200@ifset NIOSII
1201
1202@ifclear man
1203@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1204for an Altera Nios II processor.
1205@end ifclear
1206
1207@ifset man
1208@c man begin OPTIONS
1209The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1210Altera Nios II processor.
1211@c man end
1212@c man begin INCLUDE
1213@include c-nios2.texi
1214@c ended inside the included file
1215@end ifset
1216@end ifset
1217
e135f41b
NC
1218@ifset PDP11
1219
1220For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1221see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1222
a4fb0134 1223@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1224@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1225Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1226default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1227
1228@item -mall
1229@itemx -mall-extensions
1230Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1231
1232@item -mno-extensions
1233Disable all instruction set extensions.
1234
1235@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1236Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1237
1238@item -m@var{cpu}
1239Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1240disable all other extensions.
1241
1242@item -m@var{machine}
1243Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1244model, and disable all other extensions.
1245@end table
1246
1247@end ifset
1248
041dd5a9
ILT
1249@ifset PJ
1250The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1251a picoJava processor.
1252
a4fb0134 1253@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1254
1255@cindex PJ endianness
1256@cindex endianness, PJ
1257@cindex big endian output, PJ
1258@item -mb
1259Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1260
1261@cindex little endian output, PJ
1262@item -ml
1263Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1264
1265@end table
1266@end ifset
1267
93f11b16
DD
1268@ifset PRU
1269
1270@ifclear man
1271@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1272for a PRU processor.
1273@end ifclear
1274
1275@ifset man
1276@c man begin OPTIONS
1277The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1278PRU processor.
1279@c man end
1280@c man begin INCLUDE
1281@include c-pru.texi
1282@c ended inside the included file
1283@end ifset
1284@end ifset
1285
60bcf0fa
NC
1286@ifset M68HC11
1287The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1288Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1289
a4fb0134 1290@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1291
6927f982 1292@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1293Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1294defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1295
6927f982
NC
1296@item --xgate-ramoffset
1297Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1298XGATE address space.
1299
2f904664
SC
1300@item -mshort
1301Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1302
1303@item -mlong
01642c12 1304Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1305
1306@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1307Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1308
1309@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1310Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1311
1370e33d 1312@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1313Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1314conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1315sub routine.
1316
1370e33d
NC
1317@item -S | --short-branches
1318Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1319when the offset is out of range.
1320
1321@item --strict-direct-mode
1322Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1323when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1324
1325@item --print-insn-syntax
1326Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1327
1328@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1329Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1330
1331@item --generate-example
6927f982 1332Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1333This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1334
1335@end table
1336@end ifset
1337
252b5132 1338@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1339The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1340for the SPARC architecture:
1341
a4fb0134 1342@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1343@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1344@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1345Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1346
1347@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1348@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1349
1350@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1351UltraSPARC extensions.
1352
1353@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1354For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1355equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1356
1357@item -bump
1358Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1359@end table
1360@end ifset
1361
39bec121
TW
1362@ifset TIC54X
1363The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1364architecture.
39bec121 1365
a4fb0134 1366@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1367@item -mfar-mode
1368Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1369extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1370@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1371Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1372@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1373Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1374behaviour in the shell.
1375@end table
1376@end ifset
1377
252b5132 1378@ifset MIPS
73201331 1379@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1380The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1381a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1382
a4fb0134 1383@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1384@item -G @var{num}
1385This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1386implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1387use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1388
1389@cindex MIPS endianness
1390@cindex endianness, MIPS
1391@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1392@item -EB
1393Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1394
1395@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1396@item -EL
1397Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1398
1399@cindex MIPS ISA
1400@item -mips1
1401@itemx -mips2
1402@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1403@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1404@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1405@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1406@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1407@itemx -mips32r3
1408@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1409@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1410@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1411@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1412@itemx -mips64r3
1413@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1414@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1415Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1416@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1417alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1418@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1419@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1420@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1421@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1422MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1423Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1424MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1425
98508b2a
RS
1426@item -march=@var{cpu}
1427Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1428
1429@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1430Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1431
1432@item -mfix7000
1433@itemx -mno-fix7000
1434Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1435of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1436
a8d14a88
CM
1437@item -mfix-rm7000
1438@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1439Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1440followed by a load instruction.
1441
ecb4347a
DJ
1442@item -mdebug
1443@itemx -no-mdebug
1444Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1445section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1446
dcd410fe
RO
1447@item -mpdr
1448@itemx -mno-pdr
1449Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1450
437ee9d5
TS
1451@item -mgp32
1452@itemx -mfp32
1453The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1454flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1455all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1456and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1457
351cdf24
MF
1458@item -mgp64
1459@itemx -mfp64
1460The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1461flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1462all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1463and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1464
1465@item -mfpxx
1466The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1467this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1468which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
146932 or 64 bits wide.
1470
1471@item -modd-spreg
1472@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1473Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1474registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1475@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1476
437ee9d5
TS
1477@item -mips16
1478@itemx -no-mips16
1479Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1480@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1481turns off this option.
252b5132 1482
25499ac7
MR
1483@item -mmips16e2
1484@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1485Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1486to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1487@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1488
df58fc94
RS
1489@item -mmicromips
1490@itemx -mno-micromips
1491Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1492@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1493@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1494@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1495
e16bfa71
TS
1496@item -msmartmips
1497@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1498Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1499equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1500file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1501
1f25f5d3
CD
1502@item -mips3d
1503@itemx -no-mips3d
1504Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1505This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1506@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1507
deec1734
CD
1508@item -mdmx
1509@itemx -no-mdmx
1510Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1511This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1512@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1513
2ef2b9ae
CF
1514@item -mdsp
1515@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1516Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1517This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1518@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1519
8b082fb1
TS
1520@item -mdspr2
1521@itemx -mno-dspr2
1522Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1523This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1524This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1525@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1526
8f4f9071
MF
1527@item -mdspr3
1528@itemx -mno-dspr3
1529Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1530This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1531This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1532@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1533
56d438b1
CF
1534@item -mmsa
1535@itemx -mno-msa
1536Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1537This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1538@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1539
7d64c587
AB
1540@item -mxpa
1541@itemx -mno-xpa
1542Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1543This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1544@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1545
ef2e4d86
CF
1546@item -mmt
1547@itemx -mno-mt
1548Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1549This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1550@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1551
dec0624d
MR
1552@item -mmcu
1553@itemx -mno-mcu
1554Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1555This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1556@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1557
730c3174
SE
1558@item -mcrc
1559@itemx -mno-crc
1560Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1561Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1562@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1563
6f20c942
FS
1564@item -mginv
1565@itemx -mno-ginv
1566Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1567Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1568@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1569
8095d2f7
CX
1570@item -mloongson-mmi
1571@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1572Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1573Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1574instructions.
1575@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1576
716c08de
CX
1577@item -mloongson-cam
1578@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1579Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1580This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1581@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1582
833794fc
MR
1583@item -minsn32
1584@itemx -mno-insn32
1585Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1586microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1587instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1588the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1589option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1590start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1591selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1592
437ee9d5
TS
1593@item --construct-floats
1594@itemx --no-construct-floats
1595The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1596double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1597value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1598the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1599selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1600
3bf0dbfb
MR
1601@item --relax-branch
1602@itemx --no-relax-branch
1603The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1604branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1605out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1606
8b10b0b3
MR
1607@item -mignore-branch-isa
1608@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1609Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1610semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1611most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1612same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1613checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1614modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1615default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1616branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1617
ba92f887
MR
1618@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1619Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1620(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1621
252b5132
RH
1622@cindex emulation
1623@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1624This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1625on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1626removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1627It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1628
1629The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1630@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1631is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1632big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1633preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1634
1635@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1636@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1637the native tools.
1638
252b5132
RH
1639@item --trap
1640@itemx --no-trap
1641@itemx --break
1642@itemx --no-break
1643Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1644@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1645(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1646@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1647break exception.
63486801
L
1648
1649@item -n
a4fb0134 1650When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1651time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1652@end table
73201331 1653@c man end
252b5132
RH
1654@end ifset
1655
1656@ifset MCORE
1657The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1658an MCore processor.
1659
a4fb0134 1660@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1661@item -jsri2bsr
1662@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1663Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1664The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1665
1666@item -sifilter
1667@itemx -nosifilter
1668Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1669The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1670
1671@item -relax
1672Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1673
ec694b89
NC
1674@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1675Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1676can be assembled.
1677
1678@item -EB
1679Assemble for a big endian target.
1680
1681@item -EL
1682Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1683
1684@end table
1685@end ifset
a3c62988 1686@c man end
252b5132 1687
a3c62988
NC
1688@ifset METAG
1689
1690@ifclear man
1691@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1692for a Meta processor.
1693@end ifclear
1694
1695@ifset man
1696@c man begin OPTIONS
1697The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1698Meta processor.
1699@c man end
1700@c man begin INCLUDE
1701@include c-metag.texi
1702@c ended inside the included file
1703@end ifset
1704
1705@end ifset
1706
1707@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1708@ifset MMIX
1709See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1710@end ifset
1711
35c08157
KLC
1712@ifset NDS32
1713
1714@ifclear man
1715@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1716for a NDS32 processor.
1717@end ifclear
1718@c ended inside the included file
1719@end ifset
1720
1721@ifset man
1722@c man begin OPTIONS
1723The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1724NDS32 processor.
1725@c man end
1726@c man begin INCLUDE
1727@include c-nds32.texi
1728@c ended inside the included file
1729@end ifset
1730
635fb38d 1731@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1732@ifset PPC
1733
1734@ifclear man
1735@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1736for a PowerPC processor.
1737@end ifclear
1738
1739@ifset man
1740@c man begin OPTIONS
1741The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1742PowerPC processor.
1743@c man end
1744@c man begin INCLUDE
1745@include c-ppc.texi
1746@c ended inside the included file
1747@end ifset
1748
1749@end ifset
1750
e23eba97
NC
1751@ifset RISCV
1752
1753@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1754@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1755for a RISC-V processor.
1756@end ifclear
1757
1758@ifset man
1759@c man begin OPTIONS
1760The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1761RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1762@c man end
1763@c man begin INCLUDE
1764@include c-riscv.texi
1765@c ended inside the included file
1766@end ifset
1767
1768@end ifset
1769
635fb38d 1770@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1771@ifset RX
1772See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1773@end ifset
1774
11c19e16
MS
1775@ifset S390
1776The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1777processor family.
1778
1779@table @gcctabopt
1780@item -m31
1781@itemx -m64
1782Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1783@item -mesa
1784@item -mzarch
1785Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1786Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1787@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1788Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1789@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1790@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1791@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
47826cdb 1792@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}).
11c19e16
MS
1793@item -mregnames
1794@itemx -mno-regnames
1795Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1796@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1797Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1798but evaluates to zero.
1799@end table
1800@end ifset
2a633939 1801@c man end
11c19e16 1802
40b36596 1803@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1804
1805@ifclear man
1806@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1807for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1808@end ifclear
1809
1810@ifset man
1811@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1812The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1813TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1814@c man end
1815@c man begin INCLUDE
1816@include c-tic6x.texi
1817@c ended inside the included file
1818@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1819
1820@end ifset
1821
aa137e4d
NC
1822@ifset TILEGX
1823
1824@ifclear man
1825@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1826for a TILE-Gx processor.
1827@end ifclear
1828
1829@ifset man
1830@c man begin OPTIONS
1831The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1832processor.
1833@c man end
1834@c man begin INCLUDE
1835@include c-tilegx.texi
1836@c ended inside the included file
1837@end ifset
1838
1839@end ifset
1840
b6605ddd
EB
1841@ifset VISIUM
1842
1843@ifclear man
1844@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1845for a Visium processor.
1846@end ifclear
1847
1848@ifset man
1849@c man begin OPTIONS
1850The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1851processor.
1852@c man end
1853@c man begin INCLUDE
1854@include c-visium.texi
1855@c ended inside the included file
1856@end ifset
1857
1858@end ifset
1859
e0001a05 1860@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1861
2d8b84ae
SA
1862@ifclear man
1863@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1864for an Xtensa processor.
1865@end ifclear
1866
1867@ifset man
1868@c man begin OPTIONS
1869The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1870Xtensa processor.
1871@c man end
1872@c man begin INCLUDE
1873@include c-xtensa.texi
1874@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1875@end ifset
1876
2d8b84ae
SA
1877@end ifset
1878
1879@c man begin OPTIONS
1880
3c9b82ba
NC
1881@ifset Z80
1882The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1883a Z80 family processor.
1884@table @gcctabopt
1885@item -z80
1886Assemble for Z80 processor.
1887@item -r800
1888Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1889@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1890@itemx -Wnud
1891Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1892@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1893@itemx -Wnup
1894Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1895@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1896@itemx -Wud
1897Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1898@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1899@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1900Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1901@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1902@itemx -Fud
1903Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1904@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1905@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1906Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1907@end table
1908@end ifset
1909
0285c67d
NC
1910@c man end
1911
252b5132
RH
1912@menu
1913* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1914* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1915* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1916* Command Line:: Command Line
1917* Input Files:: Input Files
1918* Object:: Output (Object) File
1919* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1920@end menu
1921
1922@node Manual
1923@section Structure of this Manual
1924
1925@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1926This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1927@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1928notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1929@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1930
1931@ifclear GENERIC
1932We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1933configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1934@end ifclear
1935@ifset GENERIC
1936This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1937various flavors of the assembler.
1938@end ifset
1939
1940@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1941On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1942to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1943In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1944architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1945mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1946particular architecture.
1947@ifset GENERIC
1948You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1949machine architecture manual for this information.
1950@end ifset
1951@ifclear GENERIC
1952@ifset H8/300
1953For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1954Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1955Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1956@end ifset
252b5132 1957@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1958For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1959see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1960@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1961@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1962@end ifset
1963@ifset Z8000
1964For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1965@end ifset
1966@end ifclear
1967
1968@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1969@ignore
1970Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1971the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1972Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1973computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1974once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1975qualification.
1976
a4fb0134 1977@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1978human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1979computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1980@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1981@end ignore
1982
1983@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1984@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1985@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1986@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1987@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1988@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1989@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1990@c directives).
1991
1992@node GNU Assembler
1993@section The GNU Assembler
1994
0285c67d
NC
1995@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1996
a4fb0134 1997@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1998@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1999This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2000configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2001@end ifclear
2002If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2003should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2004architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2005including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2006@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2007
2008@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2009@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2010@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2011@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2012assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2013machine would assemble.
2014@ifset VAX
2015Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2016@end ifset
2017@ifset M680X0
2018@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2019@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2020This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2021assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2022incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2023@end ifset
2024
0285c67d
NC
2025@c man end
2026
a4fb0134 2027Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2028program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2029@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2030
2031@node Object Formats
2032@section Object File Formats
2033
2034@cindex object file format
2035The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2036object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2037write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2038are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2039Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2040@ifclear GENERIC
2041@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2042For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2043@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2044@end ifclear
2045@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2046@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2047On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2048SOM or ELF format object files.
2049@end ifset
2050@end ifclear
2051
2052@node Command Line
2053@section Command Line
2054
2055@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2056
a4fb0134 2057After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2058options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2059before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2060significant.
2061
2062@cindex standard input, as input file
2063@kindex --
2064@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2065explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2066
2067@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2068Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2069hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2070@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2071option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2072the letter is important. All options are optional.
2073
2074Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2075name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2076with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2077standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2078
2079@smallexample
2080@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2081@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2082@end smallexample
2083
2084@node Input Files
2085@section Input Files
2086
2087@cindex input
2088@cindex source program
2089@cindex files, input
2090We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2091describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2092be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2093doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2094
2095@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2096@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2097The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2098order specified.
2099
0285c67d 2100@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2101Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2102program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2103(The standard input is also a file.)
2104
a4fb0134 2105You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2106names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2107command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2108is taken to be an input file name.
2109
a4fb0134
SC
2110If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2111from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2112may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2113to assemble.
2114
2115Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2116in your command line.
2117
a4fb0134 2118If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2119file.
2120
0285c67d
NC
2121@c man end
2122
252b5132
RH
2123@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2124
2125@cindex input file linenumbers
2126@cindex line numbers, in input files
2127There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2128either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2129number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2130``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2131
2132@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2133to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2134
2135@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2136directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2137error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2138is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2139@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2140@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2141
2142@node Object
2143@section Output (Object) File
2144
2145@cindex object file
2146@cindex output file
2147@kindex a.out
2148@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2149Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2150your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2151is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2152You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2153object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2154reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2155directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2156possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2157
2158@cindex linker
2159@kindex ld
2160The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2161assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2162the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2163information for the debugger.
2164
2165@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2166@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2167
2168@node Errors
2169@section Error and Warning Messages
2170
0285c67d
NC
2171@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2172
a349d9dd 2173@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2174@cindex warning messages
2175@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2176@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2177file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2178runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2179that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2180grave problem that stops the assembly.
2181
0285c67d
NC
2182@c man end
2183
252b5132
RH
2184@cindex format of warning messages
2185Warning messages have the format
2186
2187@smallexample
2188file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2189@end smallexample
2190
2191@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2192@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2193(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2194(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2195@ifset GENERIC
2196(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2197@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2198have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2199in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2200intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2201
2202Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2203directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2204
2205@smallexample
2206 .file 2 "bar.c"
2207 error_assembler_source
2208 .file "foo.c"
2209 .line 30
2210 error_c_source
2211@end smallexample
2212
2213produces this output:
2214
2215@smallexample
2216 Assembler messages:
2217 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2218 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2219@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2220
2221@cindex format of error messages
2222Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2223
252b5132
RH
2224@smallexample
2225file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2226@end smallexample
72e0b254 2227
252b5132
RH
2228The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2229messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2230because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2231
2232@node Invoking
2233@chapter Command-Line Options
2234
2235@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2236This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2237versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2238for options specific
252b5132 2239@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2240to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2241@end ifclear
2242@ifset GENERIC
2243to particular machine architectures.
2244@end ifset
2245
0285c67d
NC
2246@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2247
c1253627 2248If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2249you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2250The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2251by commas. For example:
2252
2253@smallexample
2254gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2255@end smallexample
2256
2257@noindent
2258This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2259standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2260local symbols in the symbol table).
2261
2262Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2263command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2264(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2265precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2266assembler.)
2267
0285c67d
NC
2268@c man end
2269
252b5132 2270@menu
83f10cb2 2271* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2272* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2273* D:: -D for compatibility
2274* f:: -f to work faster
2275* I:: -I for .include search path
2276@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2277* K:: -K for compatibility
2278@end ifclear
2279@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2280* K:: -K for difference tables
2281@end ifset
2282
ba83aca1 2283* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2284* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2285* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2286* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2287* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2288* o:: -o to name the object file
2289* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2290* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2291* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2292* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2293* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2294* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2295@end menu
2296
2297@node a
83f10cb2 2298@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2299
2300@kindex -a
2301@kindex -ac
2302@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2303@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2304@kindex -ah
2305@kindex -al
2306@kindex -an
2307@kindex -as
2308@cindex listings, enabling
2309@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2310
2311These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2312@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2313You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2314@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2315@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2316@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2317High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2318@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2319also.
2320
83f10cb2
NC
2321Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2322information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2323
252b5132
RH
2324Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2325which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2326other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2327omitted from the listing.
2328
2329Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2330listing.
2331
2332Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2333listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2334@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2335@code{.sbttl}.
2336The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2337If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2338listing-control directives have no effect.
2339
2340The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2341@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2342
96e9638b
BW
2343Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2344because it
a05a5b64 2345is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2346is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2347directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2348stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2349memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2350
caa32fe5
NC
2351@node alternate
2352@section @option{--alternate}
2353
2354@kindex --alternate
2355Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2356
252b5132 2357@node D
a4fb0134 2358@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2359
2360@kindex -D
2361This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2362likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2363@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2364
2365@node f
a4fb0134 2366@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2367
2368@kindex -f
2369@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2370@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2371@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2372(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2373and comment preprocessing on
2374the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2375,Preprocessing}.
2376
2377@quotation
2378@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2379preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2380not work correctly.
2381@end quotation
2382
2383@node I
c1253627 2384@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2385
2386@kindex -I @var{path}
2387@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2388@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2389@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2390Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2391@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2392directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2393many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2394working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2395searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2396specified (left to right) on the command line.
2397
2398@node K
a4fb0134 2399@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2400
2401@kindex -K
2402@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2403On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2404permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2405where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2406generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2407family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2408alteration on other platforms.
2409@end ifclear
2410
2411@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2412@cindex difference tables, warning
2413@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2414@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2415form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2416You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2417is done.
2418@end ifset
2419
2420@node L
ba83aca1 2421@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2422
2423@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2424@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2425Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2426@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2427called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2428such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2429programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2430notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2431such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2432
2433This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2434in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2435@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2436
c3a27914 2437@node listing
a4fb0134 2438@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2439
a05a5b64 2440The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2441@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2442hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2443them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2444directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2445@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2446@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2447@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2448
a4fb0134 2449@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2450@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2451@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2452@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2453Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2454dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2455
2456@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2457@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2458@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2459Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2460a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2461the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2462switch is used the default is to one.
2463
2464@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2465@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2466@cindex Width of source line output
2467Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2468alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2469source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2470
2471@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2472@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2473@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2474Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2475displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2476@end table
2477
252b5132 2478@node M
a4fb0134 2479@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2480
2481@kindex -M
2482@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2483The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2484changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2485compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2486The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2487MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2488information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2489arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2490assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2491
2492The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2493depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2494file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2495individually. These are:
2496
2497@itemize @bullet
2498@item global symbols in common section
2499
2500The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2501Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2502common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2503symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2504symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2505
2506@item complex relocations
2507
2508The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2509relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2510are not support by other object file formats.
2511
2512@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2513
2514The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2515This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2516instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2517script.
2518
2519@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2520
2521The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2522name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2523
2524@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2525
2526The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2527address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2528which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2529not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2530assigned within a linker script.
2531@end itemize
2532
2533There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2534@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2535seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2536
2537@itemize @bullet
2538
2539@item EBCDIC strings
2540
2541EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2542
2543@item packed binary coded decimal
2544
2545Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2546and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2547
2548@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2549
2550The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2551
2552@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2553
2554The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2555
2556@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2557
2558The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2559@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2560relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2561these options serve no purpose.
2562
2563@item @code{OPT} list control options
2564
2565The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2566@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2567@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2568
2569@item other @code{OPT} options
2570
2571The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2572@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2573
2574@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2575
2576The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2577@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2578
2579@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2580
2581The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2582
252b5132
RH
2583@end itemize
2584
2585@node MD
c1253627 2586@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2587
2588@kindex --MD
2589@cindex dependency tracking
2590@cindex make rules
2591
a4fb0134 2592@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2593file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2594dependencies of the main source file.
2595
2596The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2597
2598This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2599
2edb36e7
NC
2600@node no-pad-sections
2601@section Output Section Padding
2602@kindex --no-pad-sections
2603@cindex output section padding
2604Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2605alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2606memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2607disable this behaviour.
2608
252b5132 2609@node o
a4fb0134 2610@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2611
2612@kindex -o
2613@cindex naming object file
2614@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2615There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2616default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2617You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2618object file a different name.
2619
a4fb0134 2620Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2621existing file of the same name.
2622
2623@node R
a4fb0134 2624@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2625
2626@kindex -R
2627@cindex data and text sections, joining
2628@cindex text and data sections, joining
2629@cindex joining text and data sections
2630@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2631@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2632data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2633the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2634section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2635your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2636appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2637
a4fb0134 2638When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2639address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2640data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2641older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2642
c1253627
NC
2643@ifset COFF-ELF
2644When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2645this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2646@samp{.data}.
2647@end ifset
2648
2649@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2650@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2651@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2652@end ifset
2653
2654@node statistics
a4fb0134 2655@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2656
2657@kindex --statistics
2658@cindex statistics, about assembly
2659@cindex time, total for assembly
2660@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2661Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2662@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2663(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2664seconds).
2665
2666@node traditional-format
c1253627 2667@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2668
2669@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2670For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2671from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2672@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2673
2674For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2675@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2676
2677@node v
a4fb0134 2678@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2679
2680@kindex -v
2681@kindex -version
2682@cindex assembler version
2683@cindex version of assembler
2684You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2685option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2686command line.
2687
2688@node W
a4fb0134 2689@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2690
a4fb0134 2691@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2692assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2693cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2694made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2695
c1253627
NC
2696@kindex -W
2697@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2698@cindex suppressing warnings
2699@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2700If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2701This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2702how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2703are still reported.
2704
c1253627 2705@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2706@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2707@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2708If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2709files that generate warnings to be in error.
2710
c1253627 2711@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2712@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2713You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2714causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2715
2716@node Z
a4fb0134 2717@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2718@cindex object file, after errors
2719@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2720After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2721some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2722@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2723option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2724writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2725errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2726
2727@node Syntax
2728@chapter Syntax
2729
2730@cindex machine-independent syntax
2731@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2732This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2733source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2734assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2735@ifclear VAX
2736assembler.
2737@end ifclear
2738@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2739assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2740@end ifset
2741
2742@menu
7c31ae13 2743* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2744* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2745* Comments:: Comments
2746* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2747* Statements:: Statements
2748* Constants:: Constants
2749@end menu
2750
2751@node Preprocessing
2752@section Preprocessing
2753
2754@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2755The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2756@itemize @bullet
2757@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2758@item
2759adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2760the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2761a single space.
2762
2763@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2764@item
2765removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2766appropriate number of newlines.
2767
2768@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2769@item
2770converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2771@end itemize
2772
2773It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2774anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2775do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2776(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2777to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2778@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2779Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2780
2781Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2782cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2783preprocessed.
2784
2785@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2786@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2787@kindex #NO_APP
2788@kindex #APP
2789If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2790@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2791Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2792specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2793text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2794@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2795@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2796and whitespace.
2797
2798@node Whitespace
2799@section Whitespace
2800
2801@cindex whitespace
2802@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2803Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2804people to read. Unless within character constants
2805(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2806as exactly one space.
2807
2808@node Comments
2809@section Comments
2810
2811@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2812There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2813cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2814
2815Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2816This means you may not nest these comments.
2817
2818@smallexample
2819/*
2820 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2821 is to use this sort of comment.
2822*/
2823
2824/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2825@end smallexample
2826
2827@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2828Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2829considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2830specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2831line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2832line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2833comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2834upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2835@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2836
2837If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2838special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2839to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2840
2841@kindex #
2842@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2843@cindex logical line numbers
2844To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2845special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2846expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2847line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2848new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2849
2850If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2851the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2852
2853@smallexample
2854 # This is an ordinary comment.
2855# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2856 # This is logical line # 36.
2857@end smallexample
2858This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2859of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2860
2861@node Symbol Intro
2862@section Symbols
2863
2864@cindex characters used in symbols
2865@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2866A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2867letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2868@samp{_.$}.
2869@end ifclear
2870@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2871@ifclear GENERIC
2872@ifset H8
2873A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2874letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2875@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2876symbol names.)
2877@end ifset
2878@end ifclear
2879@end ifset
2880@ifset GENERIC
2881On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2882are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2883@end ifset
2884No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2885There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2886are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2887beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2888of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2889
2890Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2891cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2892quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2893backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2894@cindex length of symbols
2895
2896@node Statements
2897@section Statements
2898
2899@cindex statements, structure of
2900@cindex line separator character
2901@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2902
2903A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2904@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2905specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2906target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2907The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2908preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2909exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2910
2911@cindex newline, required at file end
2912@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2913It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2914character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2915
2916An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2917
2918@cindex instructions and directives
2919@cindex directives and instructions
2920@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2921@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2922@c 13feb91.
2923A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2924key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2925symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2926symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2927directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2928a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2929assembles into a machine language instruction.
2930@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2931Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2932recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2933represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2934language.@refill
2935@end ifset
2936
2937@cindex @code{:} (label)
2938@cindex label (@code{:})
2939A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2940Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2941have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2942
2943@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2944For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2945the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2946only one label may be defined on each line.
2947@end ifset
2948
2949@smallexample
2950label: .directive followed by something
2951another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2952 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2953@end smallexample
2954
2955@node Constants
2956@section Constants
2957
2958@cindex constants
2959A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2960inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2961@smallexample
2962@group
2963.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2964.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2965.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2966.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
296795028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2968@end group
2969@end smallexample
2970
2971@menu
2972* Characters:: Character Constants
2973* Numbers:: Number Constants
2974@end menu
2975
2976@node Characters
2977@subsection Character Constants
2978
2979@cindex character constants
2980@cindex constants, character
2981There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2982for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2983numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2984@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2985used in arithmetic expressions.
2986
2987@menu
2988* Strings:: Strings
2989* Chars:: Characters
2990@end menu
2991
2992@node Strings
2993@subsubsection Strings
2994
2995@cindex string constants
2996@cindex constants, string
2997A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2998double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2999into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3000a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3001one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3002@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3003(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3004escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3005
3006@cindex escape codes, character
3007@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3008@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3009@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3010@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3011@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3012@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3013@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3014@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3015@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3016@table @kbd
3017@c @item \a
3018@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3019@c
361fa3a4 3020@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3021@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3022@item \b
3023Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3024
3025@c @item \e
3026@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3027@c
361fa3a4 3028@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3029@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3030@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3031Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3032
361fa3a4 3033@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3034@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3035@item \n
3036Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3037
3038@c @item \p
3039@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3040@c
361fa3a4
NC
3041@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3042@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3043@item \r
3044Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3045
3046@c @item \s
3047@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3048@c other assemblers.
3049@c
361fa3a4 3050@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3051@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3052@item \t
3053Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3054
3055@c @item \v
3056@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3057@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3058@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3059@c
361fa3a4 3060@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3061@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3062@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3063An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3064For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3065for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3066
361fa3a4 3067@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3068@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3069@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3070A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3071lower case @code{x} works.
3072
361fa3a4 3073@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3074@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3075@item \\
3076Represents one @samp{\} character.
3077
3078@c @item \'
3079@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3080@c This is needed in single character literals
3081@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3082@c a @samp{'}.
3083@c
361fa3a4 3084@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3085@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3086@item \"
3087Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3088this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3089
3090@item \ @var{anything-else}
3091Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3092assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3093you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3094interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3095other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3096code and warns you of the fact.
3097@end table
3098
3099Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3100varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3101the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3102compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3103sequence.
3104
3105@node Chars
3106@subsubsection Characters
3107
3108@cindex single character constant
3109@cindex character, single
3110@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3111A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3112that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3113@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3114as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3115character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3116the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3117accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3118@ifclear GENERIC
3119@ifclear abnormal-separator
3120(or semicolon @samp{;})
3121@end ifclear
3122@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3123@ifset H8
3124(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3125Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3126@end ifset
3127@end ifset
3128@end ifclear
3129immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3130and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3131constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3132that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3133@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3134
3135@node Numbers
3136@subsection Number Constants
3137
3138@cindex constants, number
3139@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3140@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3141are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3142would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3143integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3144are floating point numbers, described below.
3145
3146@menu
3147* Integers:: Integers
3148* Bignums:: Bignums
3149* Flonums:: Flonums
3150@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3151@end ifclear
3152@end menu
3153
3154@node Integers
3155@subsubsection Integers
3156@cindex integers
3157@cindex constants, integer
3158
3159@cindex binary integers
3160@cindex integers, binary
3161A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3162the binary digits @samp{01}.
3163
3164@cindex octal integers
3165@cindex integers, octal
3166An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3167digits (@samp{01234567}).
3168
3169@cindex decimal integers
3170@cindex integers, decimal
3171A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3172more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3173
3174@cindex hexadecimal integers
3175@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3176A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3177more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3178
3179Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3180the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3181(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3182
3183@node Bignums
3184@subsubsection Bignums
3185
3186@cindex bignums
3187@cindex constants, bignum
3188A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3189except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3190represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3191integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3192
3193@node Flonums
3194@subsubsection Flonums
3195@cindex flonums
3196@cindex floating point numbers
3197@cindex constants, floating point
3198
3199@cindex precision, floating point
3200A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3201indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3202@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3203sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3204to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3205portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3206
3207A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3208@itemize @bullet
3209@item
3210The digit @samp{0}.
3211@ifset HPPA
3212(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3213@end ifset
3214
3215@item
a4fb0134 3216A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3217@ifset GENERIC
3218@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3219@ignore
3220@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3221(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32224.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3223@end ignore
3224
a8eb42a8 3225On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3226one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3227
3228On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3229(in upper or lower case).
3230
252b5132
RH
3231On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3232@end ifset
3233@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3234@ifset ARC
3235One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3236@end ifset
3237@ifset H8
3238One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3239@end ifset
3240@ifset HPPA
3241The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3242@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3243@end ifclear
3244
3245@item
3246An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3247
3248@item
3249An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3250
3251@item
3252An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3253or more decimal digits.
3254
3255@item
3256An optional exponent, consisting of:
3257
3258@itemize @bullet
3259@item
3260An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3261@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3262@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3263@item
3264Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3265@item
3266One or more decimal digits.
3267@end itemize
3268
3269@end itemize
3270
3271At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3272present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3273
a4fb0134 3274@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3275independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3276@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3277
252b5132
RH
3278@node Sections
3279@chapter Sections and Relocation
3280@cindex sections
3281@cindex relocation
3282
3283@menu
3284* Secs Background:: Background
3285* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3286* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3287* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3288* bss:: bss Section
3289@end menu
3290
3291@node Secs Background
3292@section Background
3293
3294Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3295``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3296For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3297
3298@cindex linker, and assembler
3299@cindex assembler, and linker
3300The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3301combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3302emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3303@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3304different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3305oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3306sections.
3307
3308@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3309addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3310units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3311within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3312run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3313the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3314the proper run-time addresses.
3315@ifset H8
7be1c489 3316For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3317@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3318ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3319@end ifset
3320
3321@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3322An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3323of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3324@dfn{bss} sections.
3325
c1253627 3326@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3327@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3328When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3329@end ifset
a4fb0134 3330@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3331using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3332If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3333or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3334@end ifset
3335
3336@ifset HPPA
3337@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3338When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3339@end ifset
a4fb0134 3340@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3341specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3342@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3343(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3344assembler directives.
3345
3346@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3347Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3348text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3349is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3350BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3351@end ifset
3352@end ifset
3353
3354Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3355data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3356
3357@ifset HPPA
3358When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3359section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3360@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3361@end ifset
3362
3363To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3364relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3365object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3366@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3367file is mentioned:
3368@itemize @bullet
3369@item
3370Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3371an address?
3372@item
3373How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3374@item
3375Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3376@display
3377(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3378@end display
3379@item
3380Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3381@end itemize
3382
3383@cindex addresses, format of
3384@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3385In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3386@display
3387(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3388@end display
3389@noindent
a4fb0134 3390Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3391nature.
3392@ifset SOM
3393(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3394symbol-relative instead.)
3395@end ifset
3396
3397In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3398@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3399
3400Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3401@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3402addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3403@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3404@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3405data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3406their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3407part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3408address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3409
3410The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3411address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3412rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3413Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3414address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3415common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3416time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3417
3418By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3419the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3420sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3421customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3422the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3423data and bss sections.
3424
3425Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3426use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3427
3428@node Ld Sections
3429@section Linker Sections
3430@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3431
3432@table @strong
3433
c1253627 3434@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3435@cindex named sections
3436@cindex sections, named
3437@item named sections
3438@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3439@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3440@cindex text section
3441@cindex data section
3442@itemx text section
3443@itemx data section
3444@end ifset
a4fb0134 3445These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3446separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3447true of another.
a8eb42a8 3448@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3449When the program is running, however, it is
3450customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3451text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3452instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3453program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3454in the data section.
c1253627 3455@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3456
3457@cindex bss section
3458@item bss section
3459This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3460is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3461each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3462out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3463bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3464those explicit zeros from object files.
3465
3466@cindex absolute section
3467@item absolute section
3468Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3469This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3470not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3471addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3472
3473@cindex undefined section
3474@item undefined section
3475This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3476the preceding sections.
3477@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3478@end table
3479
3480@cindex relocation example
3481An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3482@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3483The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3484@end ifset
3485Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3486
3487@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3488@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3489@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3490@smallexample
3491 +-----+----+--+
3492partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3493 +-----+----+--+
3494
3495 text data bss
3496 seg. seg. seg.
3497
3498 +---+---+---+
3499partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3500 +---+---+---+
3501
3502 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3503linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3504 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3505
3506 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3507@end smallexample
3508@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3509@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3510@need 5000
3511@tex
c1253627 3512\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3513\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3514\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3515\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3516
3517\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3518\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3519\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3520
3521\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3522\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3523\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3524ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3525DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3526
3527\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3528\line{0\dots\hfil}
3529
3530@end tex
3531@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3532
3533@node As Sections
3534@section Assembler Internal Sections
3535
3536@cindex internal assembler sections
3537@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3538These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3539have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3540sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3541warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3542meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3543value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3544section-relative address.
3545
3546@table @b
3547@cindex assembler internal logic error
3548@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3549An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3550bug in the assembler.
3551
3552@cindex expr (internal section)
3553@item expr section
3554The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3555symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3556it in the expr section.
3557@c FIXME item debug
3558@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3559@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3560@c FIXME item register
3561@end table
3562
3563@node Sub-Sections
3564@section Sub-Sections
3565
3566@cindex numbered subsections
3567@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3568@ifset aout
252b5132 3569Assembled bytes
c1253627 3570@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3571conventionally
3572@end ifset
3573fall into two sections: text and data.
3574@end ifset
3575You may have separate groups of
3576@ifset GENERIC
3577data in named sections
3578@end ifset
3579@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3580@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3581data in named sections
3582@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3583@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3584text or data
3585@end ifset
3586@end ifclear
3587that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3588are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3589use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3590numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3591same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3592subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3593section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3594assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3595section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3596constants being output.
3597
3598Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3599goes in subsection number zero.
3600
3601@ifset GENERIC
3602Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3603(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3604of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3605@end ifset
3606@ifclear GENERIC
3607@ifset H8
7be1c489 3608On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3609boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3610The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3611@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3612@end ifclear
3613
3614Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3615to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3616The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3617other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3618They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3619data subsections as a data section.
3620
3621To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3622into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3623@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3624@ifset COFF
252b5132 3625@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3626When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3627@end ifset
3628@ifclear GENERIC
3629You
3630@end ifclear
3631can also use an extra subsection
3632argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3633@var{expression}}.
3634@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3635@ifset ELF
3636@ifset GENERIC
3637When generating ELF output, you
3638@end ifset
3639@ifclear GENERIC
3640You
3641@end ifclear
3642can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3643to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3644@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3645@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3646(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3647is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3648begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3649@smallexample
3650.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3651.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3652.text 1
3653.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3654.data 0
3655.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3656.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3657.text 0
3658.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3659.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3660@end smallexample
3661
3662Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3663assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3664restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3665counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3666@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3667current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3668assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3669
3670@node bss
3671@section bss Section
3672
3673@cindex bss section
3674@cindex common variable storage
3675The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3676You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3677not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3678your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3679section are zeroed bytes.
3680
3681The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3682@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3683
3684The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3685another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3686
3687@ifset GENERIC
3688When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3689COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3690see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3691section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3692@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3693@end ifset
3694
3695@node Symbols
3696@chapter Symbols
3697
3698@cindex symbols
3699Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3700things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3701to debug.
3702
3703@quotation
3704@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3705@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3706the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3707@end quotation
3708
3709@menu
3710* Labels:: Labels
3711* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3712* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3713* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3714* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3715@end menu
3716
3717@node Labels
3718@section Labels
3719
3720@cindex labels
3721A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3722@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3723active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3724operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3725different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3726definitions.
3727
3728@ifset HPPA
3729On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3730colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3731a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3732provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3733@end ifset
3734
3735@node Setting Symbols
3736@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3737
3738@cindex assigning values to symbols
3739@cindex symbol values, assigning
3740A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3741by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3742(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3743directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3744equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3745@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3746
f8739b83
JZ
3747@ifset Blackfin
3748Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3749@end ifset
3750
252b5132
RH
3751@node Symbol Names
3752@section Symbol Names
3753
3754@cindex symbol names
3755@cindex names, symbol
3756@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3757Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3758machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3759noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3760string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3761particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3762@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3763@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3764@ifset H8
3765Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3766Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3767character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3768on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3769@end ifset
3770@end ifset
3771
3772Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3773than @code{Foo}.
3774
ed1fcdd1
NC
3775Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3776Local Labels. See below.
3777
7bfd842d
NC
3778Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3779multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3780@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3781currently supported.
3782
252b5132
RH
3783Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3784refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3785in a program.
3786
3787@subheading Local Symbol Names
3788
3789@cindex local symbol names
3790@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3791A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3792By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3793@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3794set of local label prefixes.
3795@ifset HPPA
3796On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3797@end ifset
3798
3799Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3800normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3801You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3802to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3803
3804@subheading Local Labels
3805
3806@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3807@cindex temporary symbol names
3808@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3809Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3810programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3811be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3812referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3813the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3814To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3815@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3816to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3817stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3818
3819There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3820too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3821the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3822defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3823definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3824noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3825implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3826
3827Here is an example:
3828
3829@smallexample
38301: branch 1f
38312: branch 1b
38321: branch 2f
38332: branch 1b
3834@end smallexample
3835
3836Which is the equivalent of:
3837
3838@smallexample
3839label_1: branch label_3
3840label_2: branch label_1
3841label_3: branch label_4
3842label_4: branch label_3
3843@end smallexample
3844
ba83aca1 3845Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3846transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3847The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3848are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3849these parts:
252b5132
RH
3850
3851@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3852@item @emph{local label prefix}
3853All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3854Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3855that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3856used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3857@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3858object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3859you may use them in debugging.
3860
2d5aaba0
NC
3861@item @var{number}
3862This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3863label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3864
2d5aaba0
NC
3865@item @kbd{C-B}
3866This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3867of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3868
3869@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3870This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3871@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3872number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3873the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3874@end table
3875
ba83aca1
BW
3876So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3877the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3878
3879@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3880@cindex dollar local symbols
3881
ed1fcdd1
NC
3882On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3883local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3884become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3885valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3886by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3887by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3888
3889Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3890except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3891@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3892
3893They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3894names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3895to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3896@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3897
3898@node Dot
3899@section The Special Dot Symbol
3900
3901@cindex dot (symbol)
3902@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3903@cindex current address
3904@cindex location counter
3905The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3906@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3907.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3908Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3909directive.
252b5132 3910@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3911Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3912@samp{.space 4}.
3913@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3914
3915@node Symbol Attributes
3916@section Symbol Attributes
3917
3918@cindex symbol attributes
3919@cindex attributes, symbol
3920Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3921``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3922attributes.
3923@ifset INTERNALS
3924The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3925@end ifset
3926
a4fb0134 3927If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3928all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3929symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3930would want.
3931
3932@menu
3933* Symbol Value:: Value
3934* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3935@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3936* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3937@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3938@ifset COFF
3939* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3940@end ifset
3941@ifset SOM
3942* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3943@end ifset
3944@end menu
3945
3946@node Symbol Value
3947@subsection Value
3948
3949@cindex value of a symbol
3950@cindex symbol value
3951The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3952location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3953number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3954Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3955as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3956symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3957called absolute.
3958
3959The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39600 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3961@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3962same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3963name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3964common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3965bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3966allocated storage.
3967
3968@node Symbol Type
3969@subsection Type
3970
3971@cindex type of a symbol
3972@cindex symbol type
3973The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3974information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3975(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3976format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3977
a8eb42a8 3978@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3979@node a.out Symbols
3980@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3981
3982@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3983@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3984
252b5132
RH
3985@menu
3986* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3987* Symbol Other:: Other
3988@end menu
3989
3990@node Symbol Desc
3991@subsubsection Descriptor
3992
3993@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3994This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3995descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3996(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3997@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3998
3999@node Symbol Other
4000@subsubsection Other
4001
4002@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4003This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4004@end ifset
4005
4006@ifset COFF
4007@node COFF Symbols
4008@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4009
4010@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4011@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4012
4013The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4014like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4015@code{.endef} directives.
4016
4017@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4018
4019@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4020The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4021respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4022
4023@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4024
4025@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4026The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4027@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4028table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4029@end ifset
4030
4031@ifset SOM
4032@node SOM Symbols
4033@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4034
4035@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4036@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4037
4038The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4039the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4040
01642c12 4041The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4042Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4043@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4044@end ifset
4045
4046@node Expressions
4047@chapter Expressions
4048
4049@cindex expressions
4050@cindex addresses
4051@cindex numeric values
4052An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4053Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4054
4055The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4056a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4057enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4058section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4059the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4060@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4061
4062@menu
4063* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4064* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4065@end menu
4066
4067@node Empty Exprs
4068@section Empty Expressions
4069
4070@cindex empty expressions
4071@cindex expressions, empty
4072An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4073Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4074expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4075is compatible with other assemblers.
4076
4077@node Integer Exprs
4078@section Integer Expressions
4079
4080@cindex integer expressions
4081@cindex expressions, integer
4082An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4083by @emph{operators}.
4084
4085@menu
4086* Arguments:: Arguments
4087* Operators:: Operators
4088* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4089* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4090@end menu
4091
4092@node Arguments
4093@subsection Arguments
4094
4095@cindex expression arguments
4096@cindex arguments in expressions
4097@cindex operands in expressions
4098@cindex arithmetic operands
4099@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4100contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4101this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4102the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4103expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4104instruction operands.
4105
4106Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4107@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4108or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4109integer.
4110
4111Numbers are usually integers.
4112
4113A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4114that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4115these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4116instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4117assemblers.
4118
4119@cindex subexpressions
4120Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4121expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4122operator followed by an argument.
4123
4124@node Operators
4125@subsection Operators
4126
4127@cindex operators, in expressions
4128@cindex arithmetic functions
4129@cindex functions, in expressions
4130@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4131operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4132between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4133whitespace.
4134
4135@node Prefix Ops
4136@subsection Prefix Operator
4137
4138@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4139@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4140one argument, which must be absolute.
4141
4142@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4143@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4144@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4145@tex
4146\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4147@end tex
4148
4149@table @code
4150@item -
4151@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4152@item ~
4153@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4154@end table
4155
4156@tex
4157\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4158@end tex
4159
4160@node Infix Ops
4161@subsection Infix Operators
4162
4163@cindex infix operators
4164@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4165@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4166have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4167to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4168absolute, and the result is absolute.
4169
4170@enumerate
4171@cindex operator precedence
4172@cindex precedence of operators
4173
4174@item
4175Highest Precedence
4176
4177@table @code
4178@item *
4179@dfn{Multiplication}.
4180
4181@item /
4182@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4183
4184@item %
4185@dfn{Remainder}.
4186
d1eac9d9 4187@item <<
252b5132
RH
4188@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4189
d1eac9d9 4190@item >>
252b5132
RH
4191@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4192@end table
4193
4194@item
4195Intermediate precedence
4196
4197@table @code
4198@item |
4199
4200@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4201
4202@item &
4203@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4204
4205@item ^
4206@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4207
4208@item !
4209@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4210@end table
4211
4212@item
b131d4dc 4213Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4214
4215@table @code
4216@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4217@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4218@cindex arguments for addition
4219@item +
4220@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4221the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4222sections.
4223
4224@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4225@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4226@cindex arguments for subtraction
4227@item -
4228@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4229result has the section of the left argument.
4230If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4231You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4232@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4233
4234@cindex comparison expressions
4235@cindex expressions, comparison
4236@item ==
4237@dfn{Is Equal To}
4238@item <>
723a8472 4239@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4240@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4241@item <
4242@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4243@item >
b131d4dc 4244@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4245@item >=
b131d4dc 4246@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4247@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4248@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4249
4250The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4251value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4252perform signed comparisons.
4253@end table
4254
4255@item Lowest Precedence
4256
4257@table @code
4258@item &&
4259@dfn{Logical And}.
4260
4261@item ||
4262@dfn{Logical Or}.
4263
4264These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4265expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4266value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4267or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4268
252b5132
RH
4269@end table
4270@end enumerate
4271
4272In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4273address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4274
4275@node Pseudo Ops
4276@chapter Assembler Directives
4277
4278@cindex directives, machine independent
4279@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4280@cindex machine independent directives
4281All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4282The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4283in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4284
4285This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4286target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4287@ifset GENERIC
4288Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4289@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4290@end ifset
4291@ifclear GENERIC
4292@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4293@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4294@end ifset
4295@end ifclear
4296
4297@menu
4298* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4299@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4300* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4301@end ifset
f0dc282c 4302
252b5132 4303* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4304* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4305* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4306* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4307* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4308* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4309* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4310* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4311* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4312* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4313* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4314* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4315* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4316@ifset COFF
4317* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4318@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4319@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4320* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4321@end ifset
4322@ifset COFF
4323* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4324@end ifset
f0dc282c 4325
252b5132
RH
4326* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4327* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4328* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4329* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4330* End:: @code{.end}
4331@ifset COFF
4332* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4333@end ifset
f0dc282c 4334
252b5132
RH
4335* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4336* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4337* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4338* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4339* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4340* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4341* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4342* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4343* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4344* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4345* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4346* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4347* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4348* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4349* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4350@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4351* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4352* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4353@end ifset
f0dc282c 4354
252b5132
RH
4355* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4356* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4357* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4358* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4359* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4360* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4361@ifset ELF
4362* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4363@end ifset
f0dc282c 4364
252b5132
RH
4365* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4366* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4367* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4368* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4369@ifclear no-line-dir
4370* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4371@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4372
252b5132
RH
4373* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4374* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4375* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4376* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4377* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4378@ifset ELF
4379* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4380@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4381
252b5132
RH
4382* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4383@ignore
4384* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4385@end ignore
f0dc282c 4386
252b5132
RH
4387* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4388* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4389* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4390* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4391* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4392* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4393* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4394* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4395* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4396@ifset ELF
4397* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4398* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4399@end ifset
f0dc282c 4400
252b5132 4401* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4402@ifset ELF
4403* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4404@end ifset
f0dc282c 4405
252b5132
RH
4406* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4407* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4408@ifset ELF
4409* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4410@end ifset
f0dc282c 4411
252b5132 4412* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4413* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4414* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4415* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4416@ifset COFF
4417* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4418@end ifset
4419@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4420* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4421@end ifset
f0dc282c 4422
252b5132
RH
4423* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4424* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4425* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4426@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4427* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4428@end ifset
884f0d36 4429@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4430* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4431@end ifclear
4432
252b5132 4433* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4434@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4435* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4436@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4437@ifset have-stabs
4438* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4439@end ifset
f0dc282c 4440
38a57ae7 4441* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4442* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4443@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4444* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4445* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4446@end ifset
f0dc282c 4447
252b5132
RH
4448@ifset COFF
4449* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4450@end ifset
f0dc282c 4451
252b5132
RH
4452* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4453* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4454@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4455* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4456@end ifset
4457
c91d2e08 4458* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4459@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4460* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4461@end ifset
f0dc282c 4462
2e13b764 4463@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4464* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4465* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4466* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4467@end ifset
f0dc282c 4468
d190d046 4469* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4470* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4471* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4472* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4473@ifclear no-space-dir
4474* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4475@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4476@ifset ELF
4477* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4478* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4479* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4480@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4481* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4482@end menu
4483
4484@node Abort
4485@section @code{.abort}
4486
4487@cindex @code{abort} directive
4488@cindex stopping the assembly
4489This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4490compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4491assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4492of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4493quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4494
4495@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4496@node ABORT (COFF)
4497@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4498
4499@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4500When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4501synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4502
252b5132
RH
4503@end ifset
4504
4505@node Align
4506@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4507
4508@cindex padding the location counter
4509@cindex @code{align} directive
4510Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4511boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4512required, as described below.
4513
4514The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4515padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4516padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4517marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4518with no-op instructions.
4519
4520The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4521it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4522directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4523specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4524fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4525required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4526with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4527
4528The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4529For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4530s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4531alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4532the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4533is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4534first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4535
9e9a9798 4536For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4537strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4538number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4539advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4540counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4541multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4542
4543This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4544native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4545GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4546described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4547architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4548
ccf8a69b
BW
4549@node Altmacro
4550@section @code{.altmacro}
4551Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4552
4553@ftable @code
4554@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4555One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4556generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4557replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4558replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4559separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4560define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4561
4562@item String delimiters
4563You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4564@code{"@var{string}"}:
4565
4566@table @code
4567@item '@var{string}'
4568You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4569
4570@item <@var{string}>
4571You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4572@end table
4573
4574@item single-character string escape
4575To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4576character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4577character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4578write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4579
4580@item Expression results as strings
4581You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4582and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4583@end ftable
4584
252b5132
RH
4585@node Ascii
4586@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4587
4588@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4589@cindex string literals
4590@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4591separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4592trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4593
4594@node Asciz
4595@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4596
4597@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4598@cindex zero-terminated strings
4599@cindex null-terminated strings
4600@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4601a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4602
4603@node Balign
4604@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4605
4606@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4607@cindex @code{balign} directive
4608Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4609storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4610alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4611the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4612is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4613
4614The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4615padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4616padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4617marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4618with no-op instructions.
4619
4620The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4621it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4622directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4623specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4624fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4625required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4626with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4627
4628@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4629@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4630The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4631@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4632pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4633fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46344,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4635filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4636the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4637undefined.
4638
fa94de6b 4639@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4640@section Bundle directives
4641@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4642@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4643@cindex bundle
4644@cindex instruction bundle
4645@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4646@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4647bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4648into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4649disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4650gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4651@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4652
4653For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4654certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4655instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4656@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4657chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4658effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4659instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4660that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4661end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4662starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4663instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4664
d3b47e2b 4665@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4666@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4667@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4668The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4669allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4670are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4671aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4672@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4673directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4674
4675@cindex bundle-locked
4676For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4677appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4678instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4679and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4680instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4681sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4682@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4683entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4684boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4685first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4686aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4687bundle size.
4688
d416e51d
RM
4689For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4690inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4691nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4692@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4693matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4694same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4695
252b5132
RH
4696@node Byte
4697@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4698
4699@cindex @code{byte} directive
4700@cindex integers, one byte
4701@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4702Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4703
54cfded0 4704@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4705@section CFI directives
4706@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4707@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4708@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4709should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4710If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4711if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4712To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4713directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4714
2f0c68f2
CM
4715On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4716by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4717
bd5608dc
NC
4718Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4719which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4720
4721The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4722arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4723generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4724redefine it will result in an error.
4725
d3b47e2b 4726@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4727@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4728@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4729should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4730data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4731@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4732
01642c12 4733Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4734it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4735
d3b47e2b 4736@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4737@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4738@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4739unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4740@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4741
d3b47e2b 4742@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4743@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4744@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4745@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4746should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4747argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4748a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4749the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4750can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4751The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4752no personality routine.
4753
2f0c68f2
CM
4754@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4755@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4756@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4757defined in a compact unwinding format.
4758Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4759with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4760
4761@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4762@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4763@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4764used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4765@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4766in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4767Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4768with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4769
d3b47e2b 4770@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4771@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4772@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4773should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4774argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4775or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4776meaning that no LSDA is present.
4777
4778@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4779@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4780switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4781Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4782Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4783with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4784
4785The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4786so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4787referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4788in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4789by a section directive.
4790
4791The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4792The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4793@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4794
d3b47e2b 4795@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4796@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4797address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4798
d3b47e2b 4799@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4800@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4801now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4802remains the same.
4803
d3b47e2b 4804@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4805@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4806remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4807absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4808CFA address.
4809
d3b47e2b 4810@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4811Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4812value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4813
d3b47e2b 4814@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4815Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4816CFA.
54cfded0 4817
084303b8
AK
4818@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4819Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4820
d3b47e2b 4821@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4822Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4823the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4824using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4825This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4826code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4827
d3b47e2b 4828@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4829Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4830
d3b47e2b 4831@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4832@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4833same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4834instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4835
d3b47e2b 4836@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4837From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4838
d3b47e2b 4839@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4840Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4841i.e. no restoration needed.
4842
48eac74c
MG
4843@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4844@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4845implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4846places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4847multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4848flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4849the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4850
4851@smallexample
4852 je label
4853 popq %rbx
4854 .cfi_restore %rbx
4855 popq %r12
4856 .cfi_restore %r12
4857 popq %rbp
4858 .cfi_restore %rbp
4859 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4860 ret
4861label:
4862 /* Do something else */
4863@end smallexample
4864
4865Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4866to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4867@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4868locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4869@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4870we can write:
4871
4872@smallexample
4873 je label
4874 popq %rbx
4875 .cfi_remember_state
4876 .cfi_restore %rbx
4877 popq %r12
4878 .cfi_restore %r12
4879 popq %rbp
4880 .cfi_restore %rbp
4881 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4882 ret
4883label:
4884 .cfi_restore_state
4885 /* Do something else */
4886@end smallexample
4887
4888That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4889as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4890@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4891
d3b47e2b 4892@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4893Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4894directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4895
d3b47e2b 4896@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4897Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4898
d3b47e2b 4899@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4900SPARC register window has been saved.
4901
d3b47e2b 4902@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4903Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4904might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4905opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4906
d3b47e2b 4907@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4908The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4909will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4910description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4911
4912The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4913limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4914mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4915by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4916or another register.
4917
ccf8a69b
BW
4918@node Comm
4919@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4920
ccf8a69b
BW
4921@cindex @code{comm} directive
4922@cindex symbol, common
4923@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4924common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4925of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4926definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4927allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4928absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4929the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4930using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4931
c1711530
DK
4932@ifset COFF-ELF
4933When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4934an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4935specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4936that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4937as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4938boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4939power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4940common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4941alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4942largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4943maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4944is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4945@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4946multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4947It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4948(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4949@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4950
ccf8a69b
BW
4951@ifset HPPA
4952The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4953@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4954@end ifset
07a53e5c 4955
252b5132
RH
4956@node Data
4957@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 4958@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 4959
a4fb0134 4960@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4961end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4962absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4963to zero.
4964
340d33e5
NC
4965@node Dc
4966@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4967@cindex @code{dc} directive
4968
46c685ac 4969The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
4970commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
4971current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
4972@code{.dc} directive:
4973
4974@table @code
4975@item @samp{.a}
4976Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
4977@item @samp{.b}
4978Emits 8-bit values.
4979@item @samp{.d}
4980Emits double precision floating-point values.
4981@item @samp{.l}
4982Emits 32-bit values.
4983@item @samp{.s}
4984Emits single precision floating-point values.
4985@item @samp{.w}
4986Emits 16-bit values.
4987Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
498832-bit values.
4989@item @samp{.x}
4990Emits long double precision floating-point values.
4991@end table
4992
4993If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4994
d7c79856
MR
4995The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
4996point values.
340d33e5
NC
4997
4998@node Dcb
4999@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5000@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5001This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5002bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5003comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5004@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5005
5006@table @code
5007@item @samp{.b}
5008Emits single byte values.
5009@item @samp{.d}
5010Emits double-precision floating point values.
5011@item @samp{.l}
5012Emits 4-byte values.
5013@item @samp{.s}
5014Emits single-precision floating point values.
5015@item @samp{.w}
5016Emits 2-byte values.
5017@item @samp{.x}
5018Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5019@end table
5020
5021If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5022
5023The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5024point values.
5025
5026@node Ds
5027@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5028@cindex @code{ds} directive
5029This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5030bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5031comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5032@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5033
5034@table @code
5035@item @samp{.b}
5036Emits single byte values.
5037@item @samp{.d}
5038Emits 8-byte values.
5039@item @samp{.l}
5040Emits 4-byte values.
5041@item @samp{.p}
5042Emits 12-byte values.
5043@item @samp{.s}
5044Emits 4-byte values.
5045@item @samp{.w}
5046Emits 2-byte values.
5047@item @samp{.x}
5048Emits 12-byte values.
5049@end table
5050
5051Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5052suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5053
5054If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5055
d7c79856 5056The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5057
5058
252b5132
RH
5059@ifset COFF
5060@node Def
5061@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5062
5063@cindex @code{def} directive
5064@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5065@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5066Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5067definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5068@end ifset
5069
a8eb42a8 5070@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5071@node Desc
5072@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5073
5074@cindex @code{desc} directive
5075@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5076@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5077This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5078to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5079
5080@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5081The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5082configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5083object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5084it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5085@end ifset
5086@end ifset
5087
5088@ifset COFF
5089@node Dim
5090@section @code{.dim}
5091
5092@cindex @code{dim} directive
5093@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5094@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5095This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5096information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5097@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5098@end ifset
5099
5100@node Double
5101@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5102
5103@cindex @code{double} directive
5104@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5105@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5106assembles floating point numbers.
5107@ifset GENERIC
5108The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5109@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5110@end ifset
5111@ifclear GENERIC
5112@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5113On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5114in @sc{ieee} format.
5115@end ifset
5116@end ifclear
5117
5118@node Eject
5119@section @code{.eject}
5120
5121@cindex @code{eject} directive
5122@cindex new page, in listings
5123@cindex page, in listings
5124@cindex listing control: new page
5125Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5126
5127@node Else
5128@section @code{.else}
5129
5130@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5131@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5132assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5133of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5134was false.
5135
3fd9f047
TW
5136@node Elseif
5137@section @code{.elseif}
5138
5139@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5140@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5141assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5142@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5143
252b5132
RH
5144@node End
5145@section @code{.end}
5146
5147@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5148@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5149process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5150
5151@ifset COFF
5152@node Endef
5153@section @code{.endef}
5154
5155@cindex @code{endef} directive
5156This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5157@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5158@end ifset
5159
5160@node Endfunc
5161@section @code{.endfunc}
5162@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5163@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5164
5165@node Endif
5166@section @code{.endif}
5167
5168@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5169@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5170it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5171conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5172
5173@node Equ
5174@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5175
5176@cindex @code{equ} directive
5177@cindex assigning values to symbols
5178@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5179This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5180It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5181
5182@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5183The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5184@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5185@end ifset
5186
3c9b82ba 5187@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5188The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5189@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5190On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5191but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5192Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5193@end ifset
5194
252b5132
RH
5195@node Equiv
5196@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5197@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5198The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5199the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5200symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5201undefined.
252b5132 5202
01642c12 5203Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5204@smallexample
5205.ifdef SYM
5206.err
5207.endif
5208.equ SYM,VAL
5209@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5210plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5211
5212@node Eqv
5213@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5214@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5215The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5216evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5217the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5218value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5219
5220@node Err
5221@section @code{.err}
5222@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5223If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5224message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5225object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5226
d190d046
HPN
5227@node Error
5228@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5229@cindex error directive
5230
5231Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5232string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5233message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5234@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5235
5236@smallexample
5237 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5238@end smallexample
5239
252b5132
RH
5240@node Exitm
5241@section @code{.exitm}
5242Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5243
5244@node Extern
5245@section @code{.extern}
5246
5247@cindex @code{extern} directive
5248@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5249with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5250all undefined symbols as external.
5251
5252@node Fail
5253@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5254
5255@cindex @code{fail} directive
5256Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5257or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5258than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5259include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5260complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5261
252b5132 5262@node File
14082c76 5263@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5264@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5265
5266@ifclear no-file-dir
5267There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5268that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5269@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5270
5271@subheading Default Version
5272
252b5132
RH
5273@cindex logical file name
5274@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5275This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5276are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5277
5278@smallexample
5279.file @var{string}
5280@end smallexample
5281
5282@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5283recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5284to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5285statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5286old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5287
5288@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5289@end ifclear
5290
14082c76
BW
5291When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5292to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5293
5294@smallexample
5295.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5296@end smallexample
5297
5298The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5299index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5300literal.
5301
5302The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5303table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5304information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5305entries will have.
5306
252b5132
RH
5307@node Fill
5308@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5309
5310@cindex @code{fill} directive
5311@cindex writing patterns in memory
5312@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5313@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5314This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5315may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5316more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5317other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5318is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5319zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5320byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5321Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5322@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5323compatible with other people's assemblers.
5324
5325@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5326If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5327assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5328@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5329
5330@node Float
5331@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5332
5333@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5334@cindex @code{float} directive
5335This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5336has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5337@ifset GENERIC
5338The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5339@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5340@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5341@end ifset
5342@ifclear GENERIC
5343@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5344On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5345in @sc{ieee} format.
5346@end ifset
5347@end ifclear
5348
5349@node Func
5350@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5351@cindex @code{func} directive
5352@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5353is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5354Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5355@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5356prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5357@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5358All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5359The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5360
5361@node Global
5362@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5363
5364@cindex @code{global} directive
5365@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5366@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5367@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5368other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5369@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5370from another file linked into the same program.
5371
5372Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5373compatibility with other assemblers.
5374
5375@ifset HPPA
5376On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5377partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5378@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5379@end ifset
5380
c91d2e08 5381@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5382@node Gnu_attribute
5383@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5384Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5385
c91d2e08
NC
5386@node Hidden
5387@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5388
c1253627
NC
5389@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5390@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5391This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5392@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5393@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5394
5395This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5396their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5397@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5398Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5399@end ifset
5400
252b5132
RH
5401@node hword
5402@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5403
5404@cindex @code{hword} directive
5405@cindex integers, 16-bit
5406@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5407@cindex sixteen bit integers
5408This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5409a 16 bit number for each.
5410
5411@ifset GENERIC
5412This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5413architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5414@end ifset
5415@ifclear GENERIC
5416@ifset W32
5417This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5418@end ifset
5419@ifset W16
5420This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5421@end ifset
5422@end ifclear
5423
5424@node Ident
5425@section @code{.ident}
5426
5427@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5428
5429This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5430behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5431a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5432source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5433for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5434@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5435emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5436
5437@node If
5438@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5439
5440@cindex conditional assembly
5441@cindex @code{if} directive
5442@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5443considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5444(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5445the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5446(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5447alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5448If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5449nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5450
5451The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5452@table @code
5453@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5454@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5455Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5456has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5457is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5458
26aca5f6
JB
5459@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5460@item .ifb @var{text}
5461Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5462
252b5132
RH
5463@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5464@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5465Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5466strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5467the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5468end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5469string comparison is case sensitive.
5470
5471@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5472@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5473Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5474
5475@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5476@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5477Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5478
5479@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5480@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5481Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5482equal to zero.
5483
5484@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5485@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5486Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5487
5488@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5489@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5490Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5491to zero.
5492
5493@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5494@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5495Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5496
26aca5f6
JB
5497@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5498@item .ifnb @var{text}
5499Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5500following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5501
252b5132
RH
5502@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5503@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5504Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5505following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5506
5507@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5508@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5509@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5510@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5511Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5512has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5513which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5514
5515@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5516@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5517Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5518(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5519
5520@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5521@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5522Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5523following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5524@end table
5525
7e005732
NC
5526@node Incbin
5527@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5528
5529@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5530@cindex binary files, including
5531The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5532location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5533option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5534around @var{file}.
5535
5536The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5537@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5538read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5539responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5540after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5541
252b5132
RH
5542@node Include
5543@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5544
5545@cindex @code{include} directive
5546@cindex supporting files, including
5547@cindex files, including
5548This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5549points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5550if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5551included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5552can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5553(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5554around @var{file}.
5555
5556@node Int
5557@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5558
5559@cindex @code{int} directive
5560@cindex integers, 32-bit
5561Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5562For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5563expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5564of target the assembly is for.
5565
5566@ifclear GENERIC
5567@ifset H8
7be1c489 5568On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5569integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
557032-bit integers.
5571@end ifset
5572@end ifclear
5573
c91d2e08
NC
5574@ifset ELF
5575@node Internal
5576@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5577
c1253627
NC
5578@cindex @code{internal} directive
5579@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5580This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5581@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5582@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5583
5584This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5585their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5586@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5587(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5588processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5589@end ifset
5590
252b5132
RH
5591@node Irp
5592@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5593
5594@cindex @code{irp} directive
5595Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5596The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5597terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5598set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5599@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5600@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5601sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5602
5603For example, assembling
5604
5605@example
5606 .irp param,1,2,3
5607 move d\param,sp@@-
5608 .endr
5609@end example
5610
5611is equivalent to assembling
5612
5613@example
5614 move d1,sp@@-
5615 move d2,sp@@-
5616 move d3,sp@@-
5617@end example
5618
96e9638b 5619For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5620
252b5132
RH
5621@node Irpc
5622@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5623
5624@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5625Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5626The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5627terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5628@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5629assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5630assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5631@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5632
5633For example, assembling
5634
5635@example
5636 .irpc param,123
5637 move d\param,sp@@-
5638 .endr
5639@end example
5640
5641is equivalent to assembling
5642
5643@example
5644 move d1,sp@@-
5645 move d2,sp@@-
5646 move d3,sp@@-
5647@end example
5648
5e75c3ab
JB
5649For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5650at @xref{Macro}.
5651
252b5132
RH
5652@node Lcomm
5653@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5654
5655@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5656@cindex local common symbols
5657@cindex symbols, local common
5658Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5659denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5660those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5661section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5662is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5663not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5664
5665@ifset GENERIC
5666Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5667argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5668@end ifset
5669
5670@ifset HPPA
5671The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5672@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5673@end ifset
5674
5675@node Lflags
5676@section @code{.lflags}
5677
5678@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5679@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5680assemblers, but ignores it.
5681
5682@ifclear no-line-dir
5683@node Line
5684@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5685
5686@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5687@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5688@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5689Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5690expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5691statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5692reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5693@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5694for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5695@end ifset
5696
252b5132 5697Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5698@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5699when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5700were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5701@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5702
5703Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5704used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5705debugging.
5706@end ifclear
5707
5708@node Linkonce
5709@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5710@cindex COMDAT
5711@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5712@cindex common sections
5713Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5714This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5715but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5716The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5717Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5718unique.
5719
5720This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5721writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5722Executable format used on Windows NT.
5723
5724The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5725following strings. For example:
5726@smallexample
5727.linkonce same_size
5728@end smallexample
5729Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5730
5731@table @code
5732@item discard
5733Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5734
5735@item one_only
5736Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5737
5738@item same_size
5739Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5740
5741@item same_contents
5742Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5743@end table
5744
ccf8a69b
BW
5745@node List
5746@section @code{.list}
5747
5748@cindex @code{list} directive
5749@cindex listing control, turning on
5750Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5751not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5752internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5753counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5754generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5755
5756By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5757@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5758the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5759
252b5132
RH
5760@node Ln
5761@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5762
5763@cindex @code{ln} directive
5764@ifclear no-line-dir
5765@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5766@end ifclear
5767@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5768Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5769must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5770line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5771statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5772line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5773@end ifset
5774
ccf8a69b
BW
5775@node Loc
5776@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5777@cindex @code{loc} directive
5778When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5779the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5780number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5781instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5782arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5783the row is added.
252b5132 5784
ccf8a69b
BW
5785The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5786
5787@table @code
5788@item basic_block
5789This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5790@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5791
5792@item prologue_end
5793This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5794@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5795
5796@item epilogue_begin
5797This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5798@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5799
5800@item is_stmt @var{value}
5801This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5802@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5803either 0 or 1.
5804
5805@item isa @var{value}
5806This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5807state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5808
92846e72
CC
5809@item discriminator @var{value}
5810This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5811state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5812
ba8826a8
AO
5813@item view @var{value}
5814This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5815current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5816instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5817@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5818@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5819directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5820@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5821that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5822location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5823the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5824@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5825
ccf8a69b
BW
5826@end table
5827
5828@node Loc_mark_labels
5829@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5830@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5831When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5832the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5833to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5834register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5835The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5836this function respectively.
252b5132 5837
4d4175af
BW
5838@ifset ELF
5839@node Local
5840@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5841
5842@cindex @code{local} directive
5843This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5844the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5845will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5846they will be created.
5847
5848For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5849accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5850the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5851(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5852@end ifset
5853
252b5132
RH
5854@node Long
5855@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5856
5857@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5858@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5859
5860@ignore
5861@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5862@c what it really ought to do
5863@node Lsym
5864@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5865
5866@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5867@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5868@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5869the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5870rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5871the same as the expression value:
5872@smallexample
5873@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5874@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5875@var{value} = @var{expression}
5876@end smallexample
5877@noindent
5878The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5879@end ignore
5880
5881@node Macro
5882@section @code{.macro}
5883
5884@cindex macros
5885The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5886generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5887@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5888
5889@example
5890 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5891 .long \from
5892 .if \to-\from
5893 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5894 .endif
5895 .endm
5896@end example
5897
5898@noindent
5899With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5900
5901@example
5902 .long 0
5903 .long 1
5904 .long 2
5905 .long 3
5906 .long 4
5907 .long 5
5908@end example
5909
5910@ftable @code
5911@item .macro @var{macname}
5912@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5913@cindex @code{macro} directive
5914Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5915definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5916separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5917indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5918@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5919(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5920macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5921cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5922subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5923definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5924
5925@table @code
5926@item .macro comm
5927Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5928arguments.
5929
6258339f 5930@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5931@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5932Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5933which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5934@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5935
5936@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5937Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5938arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5939After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5940@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5941@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5942,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5943@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5944
6eaeac8a
JB
5945@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5946Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5947arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5948not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5949will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5950
252b5132
RH
5951When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5952position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5953@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5954
6258339f
NC
5955@end table
5956
5e75c3ab
JB
5957Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5958as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5959occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5960characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5961(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5962architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5963character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5964replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5965construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5966identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5967this macro definition:
5968
5969@example
5970 .macro label l
5971\l:
5972 .endm
5973@end example
5974
5975might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5976called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5977assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5978identifier.
5979
5980Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5981which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5982for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5983length specifier like this:
5984
5985@example
5986 .macro opcode base length
5987 \base.\length
5988 .endm
5989@end example
5990
5991and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5992instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5993interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5994
5995There are several possible ways around this problem:
5996
5997@table @code
5998@item Insert white space
5999If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6000solution. eg:
6001
6002@example
6003 .macro label l
6004\l :
6005 .endm
6006@end example
6007
6008@item Use @samp{\()}
6009The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6010the following text. eg:
6011
6012@example
6013 .macro opcode base length
6014 \base\().\length
6015 .endm
6016@end example
6017
6018@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6019In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6020used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6021
6022@example
6023 .altmacro
6024 .macro label l
6025l&:
6026 .endm
6027@end example
6258339f 6028@end table
5e75c3ab 6029
96e9638b 6030Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6031also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6032and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6033
252b5132
RH
6034@item .endm
6035@cindex @code{endm} directive
6036Mark the end of a macro definition.
6037
6038@item .exitm
6039@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6040Exit early from the current macro definition.
6041
6042@cindex number of macros executed
6043@cindex macros, count executed
6044@item \@@
a4fb0134 6045@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6046executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6047output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6048
252b5132
RH
6049@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6050@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6051macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6052@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6053@end ftable
252b5132 6054
ccf8a69b
BW
6055@node MRI
6056@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6057
ccf8a69b
BW
6058@cindex @code{mri} directive
6059@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6060If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6061@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6062affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6063of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6064
caa32fe5
NC
6065@node Noaltmacro
6066@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6067Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6068
252b5132
RH
6069@node Nolist
6070@section @code{.nolist}
6071
6072@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6073@cindex listing control, turning off
6074Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6075not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6076internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6077counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6078generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6079
8f065d3b
L
6080@node Nops
6081@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6082
8f065d3b 6083@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6084@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6085This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6086@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6087@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6088the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6089zero.
6090
6091Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6092the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6093are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6094older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6095tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6096instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6097
252b5132
RH
6098@node Octa
6099@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6100
a8eb42a8 6101@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6102@cindex @code{octa} directive
6103@cindex integer, 16-byte
6104@cindex sixteen byte integer
6105This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6106bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6107
6108The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6109hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6110
9aec2026
NC
6111@node Offset
6112@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6113
6114@cindex @code{offset} directive
6115Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6116be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6117symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6118directive.
9aec2026 6119
252b5132
RH
6120@node Org
6121@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6122
6123@cindex @code{org} directive
6124@cindex location counter, advancing
6125@cindex advancing location counter
6126@cindex current address, advancing
6127Advance the location counter of the current section to
6128@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6129expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6130you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6131wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6132with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6133@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6134is the same as the current subsection.
6135
6136@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6137unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6138backwards.
6139
6140@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6141@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6142@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6143Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6144may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6145a chance to share your improved assembler.
6146
6147Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6148to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6149people's assemblers.
6150
6151When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6152intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6153absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6154@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6155
6156@node P2align
6157@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6158
6159@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6160@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6161Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6162storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6163number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6164advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6165counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6166multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6167
6168The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6169padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6170padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6171marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6172with no-op instructions.
6173
6174The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6175it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6176directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6177specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6178fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6179required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6180with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6181
6182@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6183@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6184The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6185@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6186pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6187fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61882,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6189filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6190the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6191undefined.
6192
ccf8a69b
BW
6193@ifset ELF
6194@node PopSection
6195@section @code{.popsection}
6196
6197@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6198@cindex Section Stack
6199This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6200@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6201@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6202(@pxref{Previous}).
6203
6204This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6205section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6206stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6207@end ifset
6208
c91d2e08
NC
6209@ifset ELF
6210@node Previous
6211@section @code{.previous}
6212
c1253627 6213@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6214@cindex Section Stack
6215This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6216@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6217@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6218(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6219
6220This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6221referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6222@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6223subsections). For example:
6224
6225@smallexample
6226.section A
6227 .subsection 1
6228 .word 0x1234
6229 .subsection 2
6230 .word 0x5678
6231.previous
6232 .word 0x9abc
6233@end smallexample
6234
6235Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6236section A. Whilst:
6237
6238@smallexample
6239.section A
6240.subsection 1
6241 # Now in section A subsection 1
6242 .word 0x1234
6243.section B
6244.subsection 0
6245 # Now in section B subsection 0
6246 .word 0x5678
6247.subsection 1
6248 # Now in section B subsection 1
6249 .word 0x9abc
6250.previous
6251 # Now in section B subsection 0
6252 .word 0xdef0
6253@end smallexample
6254
6255Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6256section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6257
6258In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6259the top section on the section stack.
6260@end ifset
6261
252b5132
RH
6262@node Print
6263@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6264
6265@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6266@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6267assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6268
c91d2e08
NC
6269@ifset ELF
6270@node Protected
6271@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6272
c1253627
NC
6273@cindex @code{protected} directive
6274@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6275This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6276@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6277
6278This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6279their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6280@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6281components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6282component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6283this.
c91d2e08
NC
6284@end ifset
6285
252b5132
RH
6286@node Psize
6287@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6288
6289@cindex @code{psize} directive
6290@cindex listing control: paper size
6291@cindex paper size, for listings
6292Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6293number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6294
6295If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6296of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6297default width is 200 columns.
6298
a4fb0134 6299@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6300lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6301@code{.eject}).
6302
6303If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6304those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6305
6306@node Purgem
6307@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6308
6309@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6310Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6311expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6312
c91d2e08
NC
6313@ifset ELF
6314@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6315@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6316
c1253627 6317@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6318@cindex Section Stack
6319This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6320@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6321@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6322(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6323
e9863d7f
DJ
6324This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6325top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6326subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6327@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6328as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6329@end ifset
6330
252b5132
RH
6331@node Quad
6332@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6333
6334@cindex @code{quad} directive
6335@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6336each bignum, it emits
6337@ifclear bignum-16
6338an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6339warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6340@cindex eight-byte integer
6341@cindex integer, 8-byte
6342
6343The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6344hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6345@end ifclear
6346@ifset bignum-16
6347a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6348warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6349@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6350@cindex integer, 16-byte
6351@end ifset
6352
05e9452c
AM
6353@node Reloc
6354@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6355
6356@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6357Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6358@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6359the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6360symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6361@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6362absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6363targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6364relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6365section.
6366
252b5132
RH
6367@node Rept
6368@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6369
6370@cindex @code{rept} directive
6371Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6372@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6373
6374For example, assembling
6375
6376@example
6377 .rept 3
6378 .long 0
6379 .endr
6380@end example
6381
6382is equivalent to assembling
6383
6384@example
6385 .long 0
6386 .long 0
6387 .long 0
6388@end example
6389
808811a3
NC
6390A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6391allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6392
252b5132
RH
6393@node Sbttl
6394@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6395
6396@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6397@cindex subtitles for listings
6398@cindex listing control: subtitle
6399Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6400title line) when generating assembly listings.
6401
6402This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6403it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6404
6405@ifset COFF
6406@node Scl
6407@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6408
6409@cindex @code{scl} directive
6410@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6411@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6412Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6413used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6414whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6415symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6416@end ifset
6417
c1253627 6418@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6419@node Section
c1253627 6420@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6421
252b5132
RH
6422@cindex named section
6423Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6424named @var{name}.
6425
6426This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6427named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6428with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6429
c1253627
NC
6430@ifset COFF
6431@ifset ELF
6432@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6433@subheading COFF Version
6434@end ifset
6435
6436@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6437For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6438ways:
c91d2e08 6439
252b5132
RH
6440@smallexample
6441.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6442.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6443@end smallexample
6444
6445If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6446section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6447
252b5132
RH
6448@table @code
6449@item b
6450bss section (uninitialized data)
6451@item n
6452section is not loaded
6453@item w
6454writable section
6455@item d
6456data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6457@item e
6458exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6459@item r
6460read-only section
6461@item x
6462executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6463@item s
6464shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6465@item a
6466ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6467@item y
6468section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6469@item 0-9
6470single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6471@end table
6472
6473If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6474the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6475loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6476from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6477will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6478
6479If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6480taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6481@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6482
6483@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6484@ifset COFF
6485@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6486@subheading ELF Version
6487@end ifset
6488
c91d2e08
NC
6489@cindex Section Stack
6490This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6491@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6492(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6493@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6494
c1253627 6495@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6496For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6497
252b5132 6498@smallexample
7047dd1e 6499.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6500@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6501
451133ce
NP
6502@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6503@kindex --sectname-subst
6504@cindex section name substitution
6505If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6506argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6507at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6508
6509@smallexample
6510.macro exception_code
6511.section %S.exception
6512[exception code here]
6513.previous
6514.endm
6515
6516.text
6517[code]
6518exception_code
6519[...]
6520
6521.section .init
6522[init code]
6523exception_code
6524[...]
6525@end smallexample
6526
6527The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6528@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6529This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6530tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6531need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6532macros just for that purpose.
6533
252b5132 6534The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6535combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6536
252b5132
RH
6537@table @code
6538@item a
6539section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6540@item d
6541section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6542@item e
6543section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6544@item w
6545section is writable
6546@item x
6547section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6548@item M
6549section is mergeable
6550@item S
6551section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6552@item G
6553section is a member of a section group
6554@item T
6555section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6556@item ?
6557section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6558@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6559a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6560field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6561also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6562resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6563@item @code{<target specific>}
6564some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6565@end table
6566
9fb71ee4
NC
6567Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6568a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6569flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6570@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6571(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6572section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6573
252b5132 6574The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6575
252b5132
RH
6576@table @code
6577@item @@progbits
6578section contains data
6579@item @@nobits
6580section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6581@item @@note
6582section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6583@item @@init_array
6584section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6585@item @@fini_array
6586section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6587@item @@preinit_array
6588section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6589@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6590a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6591@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6592some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6593@end table
6594
9fb71ee4
NC
6595Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6596enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6597
ececec60
NC
6598Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6599ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6600@code{%} character.
6601
9fb71ee4
NC
6602Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6603special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6604type will generate an error from the assembler.
6605
22fe14ad 6606If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6607be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6608
6609@smallexample
6610.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6611@end smallexample
6612
6613Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6614constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6615@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6616@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6617the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6618absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6619which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6620@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6621@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6622
6623If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6624be present along with an additional field like this:
6625
6626@smallexample
6627.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6628@end smallexample
6629
6630The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6631particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6632
22fe14ad
NC
6633@table @code
6634@item comdat
6635indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6636@item .gnu.linkonce
6637an alias for comdat
6638@end table
6639
96e9638b 6640Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6641the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6642
6643@smallexample
6644.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6645@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6646
01642c12
RM
6647If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6648@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6649present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6650this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6651@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6652If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6653
252b5132
RH
6654If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6655the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6656none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6657executable. The section will contain data.
6658
6659For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6660directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6661
252b5132
RH
6662@smallexample
6663.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6664@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6665
252b5132
RH
6666Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6667separated flags:
eda683bb 6668
252b5132
RH
6669@table @code
6670@item #alloc
6671section is allocatable
6672@item #write
6673section is writable
6674@item #execinstr
6675section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6676@item #exclude
6677section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6678@item #tls
6679section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6680@end table
c91d2e08 6681
e9863d7f
DJ
6682This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6683contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6684some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6685work.
c1253627
NC
6686@end ifset
6687@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6688
6689@node Set
6690@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6691
6692@cindex @code{set} directive
6693@cindex symbol value, setting
6694Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6695changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6696@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6697flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6698
5d239759
NC
6699You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6700values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6701involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6702being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6703addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6704final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6705the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6706different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6707
6708If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6709file is the last value stored into it.
6710
3c9b82ba
NC
6711@ifset Z80
6712On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6713@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6714@end ifset
6715
252b5132
RH
6716@node Short
6717@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6718
6719@cindex @code{short} directive
6720@ifset GENERIC
6721@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6722@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6723
6724In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6725numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6726@end ifset
6727@ifclear GENERIC
6728@ifset W16
6729@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6730@end ifset
6731@ifset W32
6732This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6733a 16 bit number for each.
6734@end ifset
6735@end ifclear
6736
6737@node Single
6738@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6739
6740@cindex @code{single} directive
6741@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6742This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6743has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6744@ifset GENERIC
6745The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6746@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6747@end ifset
6748@ifclear GENERIC
6749@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6750On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6751numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6752@end ifset
6753@end ifclear
6754
c1253627 6755@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6756@node Size
c1253627 6757@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6758
c1253627
NC
6759This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6760
6761@ifset COFF
6762@ifset ELF
6763@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6764@subheading COFF Version
6765@end ifset
6766
6767@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6768For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6769@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6770
6771@smallexample
6772.size @var{expression}
6773@end smallexample
252b5132 6774
c1253627 6775@end ifset
c91d2e08 6776
c1253627
NC
6777@ifset ELF
6778@ifset COFF
6779@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6780@subheading ELF Version
6781@end ifset
6782
6783@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6784For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6785
c1253627
NC
6786@smallexample
6787.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6788@end smallexample
6789
6790This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6791The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6792arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6793symbols.
c1253627
NC
6794@end ifset
6795@end ifset
252b5132 6796
252b5132
RH
6797@ifclear no-space-dir
6798@node Skip
340d33e5 6799@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6800
6801@cindex @code{skip} directive
6802@cindex filling memory
6803This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6804@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6805@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6806@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6807@end ifclear
252b5132 6808
ccf8a69b
BW
6809@node Sleb128
6810@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6811
6812@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6813@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6814compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6815symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6816
884f0d36 6817@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6818@node Space
340d33e5 6819@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6820
6821@cindex @code{space} directive
6822@cindex filling memory
6823This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6824@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6825and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6826as @samp{.skip}.
6827
6828@ifset HPPA
6829@quotation
6830@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6831targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6832Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6833@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6834for a summary.
6835@end quotation
6836@end ifset
6837@end ifclear
6838
252b5132
RH
6839@ifset have-stabs
6840@node Stab
6841@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6842
6843@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6844@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6845There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6846All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6847The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6848cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6849Up to five fields are required:
6850
6851@table @var
6852@item string
6853This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6854@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6855debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6856using this field.
6857
6858@item type
6859An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6860this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6861and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6862
6863@item other
6864An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6865low 8 bits of this expression.
6866
6867@item desc
6868An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6869bits of this expression.
6870
6871@item value
6872An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6873@end table
6874
6875If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6876or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6877you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6878compatible with earlier assemblers!
6879
6880@table @code
6881@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6882@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6883
6884The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6885It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6886null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6887strings.
6888
6889The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6890relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6891is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6892assembled.
6893
6894@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6895@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6896The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6897
6898@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6899@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6900All five fields are specified.
6901@end table
6902@end ifset
6903@c end have-stabs
6904
6905@node String
38a57ae7 6906@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6907"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6908
6909@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6910@cindex string8, copying to object file
6911@cindex string16, copying to object file
6912@cindex string32, copying to object file
6913@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6914@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6915@cindex @code{string8} directive
6916@cindex @code{string16} directive
6917@cindex @code{string32} directive
6918@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6919
6920Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6921one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6922particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6923You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6924
01642c12 6925The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6926the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6927copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6928are stored in target endianness byte order.
6929
6930Example:
6931@smallexample
6932 .string32 "BYE"
6933expands to:
6934 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6935 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6936@end smallexample
6937
6938
252b5132
RH
6939@node Struct
6940@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6941
6942@cindex @code{struct} directive
6943Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6944which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6945@smallexample
6946 .struct 0
6947field1:
6948 .struct field1 + 4
6949field2:
6950 .struct field2 + 4
6951field3:
6952@end smallexample
6953This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6954@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6955value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6956use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6957before further assembly.
6958
c91d2e08
NC
6959@ifset ELF
6960@node SubSection
6961@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6962
c1253627 6963@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6964@cindex Section Stack
6965This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6966@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6967@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6968(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6969
6970This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6971section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6972in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6973@end ifset
6974
252b5132
RH
6975@ifset ELF
6976@node Symver
6977@section @code{.symver}
6978@cindex @code{symver} directive
6979@cindex symbol versioning
6980@cindex versions of symbols
6981Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6982within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6983typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6984There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6985into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6986shared library.
6987
79082ff0 6988For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6989@smallexample
6990.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6991@end smallexample
339681c0 6992If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6993being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6994alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6995just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6996permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6997of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6998itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6999have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7000file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7001function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7002the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7003building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7004symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
7005nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
7006
7007If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7008references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7009reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7010symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7011
7012Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7013@smallexample
7014.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7015@end smallexample
7016In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7017the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7018difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7019references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7020
7021The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7022@smallexample
7023.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7024@end smallexample
7025When @var{name} is not defined within the
7026file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7027@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7028name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7029@end ifset
7030
7031@ifset COFF
7032@node Tag
7033@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7034
7035@cindex COFF structure debugging
7036@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7037@cindex @code{tag} directive
7038This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7039information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7040@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7041definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7042@end ifset
7043
7044@node Text
7045@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7046
7047@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7048Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7049the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7050expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7051is used.
7052
7053@node Title
7054@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7055
7056@cindex @code{title} directive
7057@cindex listing control: title line
7058Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7059source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7060
7061This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7062it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7063
c1253627 7064@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7065@node Type
c1253627
NC
7066@section @code{.type}
7067
7068This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7069
7070@ifset COFF
7071@ifset ELF
7072@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7073@subheading COFF Version
7074@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7075
7076@cindex COFF symbol type
7077@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7078@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7079For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7080@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7081
7082@smallexample
7083.type @var{int}
7084@end smallexample
7085
7086This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7087entry.
252b5132 7088
c1253627 7089@end ifset
c91d2e08 7090
c1253627
NC
7091@ifset ELF
7092@ifset COFF
7093@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7094@subheading ELF Version
7095@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7096
7097@cindex ELF symbol type
7098@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7099@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7100For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7101
7102@smallexample
7103.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7104@end smallexample
7105
7106This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7107function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7108supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7109compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7110
7111Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7112@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7113below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7114the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7115maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7116assemblers.
7117
7118The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7119
7120@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7121 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7122 .type <name>,#<type>
7123 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7124 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7125 .type <name>,"<type>"
7126@end smallexample
7127
7128The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7129
5671778d
NC
7130@table @gcctabopt
7131@item STT_FUNC
7132@itemx function
7133Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7134
d8045f23
NC
7135@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7136@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7137Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7138processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7139
5671778d
NC
7140@item STT_OBJECT
7141@itemx object
7142Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7143
7144@item STT_TLS
7145@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7146Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7147
7148@item STT_COMMON
7149@itemx common
7150Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7151
7152@item STT_NOTYPE
7153@itemx notype
7154Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7155
3e7a7d11
NC
7156@item gnu_unique_object
7157Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7158will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7159name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7160systems).
3e7a7d11 7161
5671778d
NC
7162@end table
7163
7164Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7165
c1253627
NC
7166@end ifset
7167@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7168
7169@node Uleb128
7170@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7171
7172@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7173@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7174compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7175symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7176
7177@ifset COFF
7178@node Val
7179@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7180
7181@cindex @code{val} directive
7182@cindex COFF value attribute
7183@cindex value attribute, COFF
7184This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7185records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7186entry.
252b5132
RH
7187@end ifset
7188
2e13b764 7189@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7190@node Version
7191@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7192
c1253627 7193@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7194This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7195formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7196@end ifset
2e13b764 7197
c91d2e08
NC
7198@ifset ELF
7199@node VTableEntry
7200@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7201
653cfe85 7202@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7203This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7204@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7205
c91d2e08
NC
7206@node VTableInherit
7207@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7208
653cfe85 7209@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7210This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7211@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7212parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7213parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7214@end ifset
2e13b764 7215
d190d046
HPN
7216@node Warning
7217@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7218@cindex warning directive
7219Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7220(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7221
c91d2e08
NC
7222@node Weak
7223@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7224
c1253627 7225@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7226This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7227@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7228
01642c12 7229On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7230directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7231@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7232
977cdf5a 7233On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7234When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7235alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7236
06e77878
AO
7237@node Weakref
7238@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7239
7240@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7241This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7242be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7243If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7244will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7245symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7246
7247The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7248assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7249symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7250resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7251had the references to the alias removed.
7252
7253The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7254within the assembler.
7255
252b5132
RH
7256@node Word
7257@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7258
7259@cindex @code{word} directive
7260This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7261separated by commas.
7262@ifclear GENERIC
7263@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7264For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7265@end ifset
7266@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7267For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7268@end ifset
7269@end ifclear
7270@ifset GENERIC
7271
7272The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7273depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7274@end ifset
7275
a8eb42a8 7276@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7277@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7278@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7279@cindex difference tables altered
7280@cindex altered difference tables
7281@quotation
7282@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7283@end quotation
7284
7285@ifset GENERIC
7286Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7287addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7288interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7289@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7290
7291@end ifset
7292In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7293@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7294Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7295compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7296directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7297@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7298creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7299This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7300first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7301of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7302table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7303contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7304@code{sym2}.
7305
7306If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7307secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7308@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7309long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7310and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7311minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7312entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7313
7314@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7315@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7316@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7317assembly language programmers.
7318@end ifset
7319@end ifset
7320@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7321
7ce98c16
NC
7322@ifclear no-space-dir
7323@node Zero
7324@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7325
7326@cindex @code{zero} directive
7327@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7328This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7329expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7330so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7331instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7332@end ifclear
7333
2b841ec2
AM
7334@ifset ELF
7335@node 2byte
ea86f534 7336@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7337@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7338@cindex two-byte integer
7339@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7340
e406e428
NC
7341This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7342are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7343is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7344section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7345in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7346bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7347at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7348value at link time.
7349
7350This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7351values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7352different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7353
8b1e5da1 7354This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7355
7356@node 4byte
ea86f534 7357@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7358@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7359@cindex four-byte integer
7360@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7361
e406e428
NC
7362Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7363long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7364
7365@node 8byte
ea86f534 7366@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7367@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7368@cindex eight-byte integer
7369@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7370
e21126b7 7371Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7372byte long bignum values into the output.
7373
2b841ec2
AM
7374@end ifset
7375
252b5132
RH
7376@node Deprecated
7377@section Deprecated Directives
7378
7379@cindex deprecated directives
7380@cindex obsolescent directives
7381One day these directives won't work.
7382They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7383@table @t
7384@item .abort
7385@item .line
7386@end table
7387
3a99f02f
DJ
7388@ifset ELF
7389@node Object Attributes
7390@chapter Object Attributes
7391@cindex object attributes
7392
7393@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7394into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7395Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7396point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7397requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7398passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7399hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7400generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7401newer generation at run-time.
7402
7403This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7404@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7405time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7406correctly.
7407
7408Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7409attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7410string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7411and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7412or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7413attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7414
7415Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7416The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7417
7418@menu
7419* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7420* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7421@end menu
7422
7423@node GNU Object Attributes
7424@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7425
7426The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7427with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7428
7429Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7430its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7431an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
74322} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7433architecture-dependent ones.
7434
7435@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7436
7437These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7438
7439@table @r
7440@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7441The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7442the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7443then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7444than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7445arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7446@end table
7447
7448@subsection MIPS Attributes
7449
7450@table @r
7451@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7452The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7453
7454@itemize @bullet
7455@item
74560 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7457@item
f179c512
MF
74581 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7459double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7460@item
74612 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7462@item
74633 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7464@item
f179c512
MF
74654 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7466floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7467number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7468@item
74695 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7470with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7471general-purpose registers.
7472@item
74736 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7474registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7475@item
74767 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7477registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7478direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7479@end itemize
7480@end table
7481
7482@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7483
7484@table @r
7485@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7486The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7487
7488@itemize @bullet
7489@item
74900 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7491@item
3c7b9897 74921 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7493@item
74942 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7495@item
74963 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7497@end itemize
7498
7499@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7500The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7501
7502@itemize @bullet
7503@item
75040 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7505@item
75061 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7507@item
75082 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7509@item
75103 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7511@end itemize
7512@end table
7513
643f7afb
AK
7514@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7515
7516@table @r
7517@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7518The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7519
7520@itemize @bullet
7521@item
75220 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7523@item
75241 for files using software vector ABI.
7525@item
75262 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7527@end itemize
7528@end table
7529
3a99f02f
DJ
7530@node Defining New Object Attributes
7531@section Defining New Object Attributes
7532
7533If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7534will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7535mailing list.
7536
7537@itemize @bullet
7538@item
7539This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7540@item
7541The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7542@item
7543The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7544and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7545@item
7546Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7547@item
7548@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7549@item
7550GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7551@end itemize
7552
7553@end ifset
7554
252b5132
RH
7555@ifset GENERIC
7556@node Machine Dependencies
7557@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7558
7559@cindex machine dependencies
7560The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7561each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7562vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7563directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7564assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7565@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7566optimization.
7567
7568This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7569include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7570subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7571
7572@menu
a06ea964
NC
7573@ifset AARCH64
7574* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7575@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7576@ifset ALPHA
7577* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7578@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7579@ifset ARC
7580* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7581@end ifset
7582@ifset ARM
7583* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7584@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7585@ifset AVR
7586* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7587@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7588@ifset Blackfin
7589* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7590@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7591@ifset CR16
7592* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7593@end ifset
8bf549a8 7594@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7595* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7596@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7597@ifset CSKY
7598* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7599@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7600@ifset D10V
7601* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7602@end ifset
7603@ifset D30V
7604* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7605@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7606@ifset EPIPHANY
7607* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7608@end ifset
252b5132 7609@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7610* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7611@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7612@ifset HPPA
7613* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7614@end ifset
7615@ifset I80386
55b62671 7616* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7617@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7618@ifset IA64
7619* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7620@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7621@ifset IP2K
7622* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7623@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7624@ifset LM32
7625* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7626@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7627@ifset M32C
7628* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7629@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7630@ifset M32R
7631* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7632@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7633@ifset M680X0
7634* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7635@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7636@ifset M68HC11
7637* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7638@end ifset
7b4ae824
JD
7639@ifset S12Z
7640* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7641@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7642@ifset METAG
7643* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7644@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7645@ifset MICROBLAZE
7646* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7647@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7648@ifset MIPS
7649* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7650@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7651@ifset MMIX
7652* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7653@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7654@ifset MSP430
7655* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7656@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7657@ifset NDS32
7658* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7659@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7660@ifset NIOSII
7661* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7662@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7663@ifset NS32K
7664* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7665@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7666@ifset PDP11
7667* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7668@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7669@ifset PJ
7670* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7671@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7672@ifset PPC
7673* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7674@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7675@ifset PRU
7676* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7677@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7678@ifset RISCV
7679* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7680@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7681@ifset RL78
7682* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7683@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7684@ifset RX
7685* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7686@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7687@ifset S390
7688* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7689@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7690@ifset SCORE
7691* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7692@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7693@ifset SH
7694* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7695@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7696@ifset SPARC
7697* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7698@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7699@ifset TIC54X
7700* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7701@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7702@ifset TIC6X
7703* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7704@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7705@ifset TILEGX
7706* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7707@end ifset
7708@ifset TILEPRO
7709* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7710@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7711@ifset V850
7712* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7713@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7714@ifset VAX
7715* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7716@end ifset
7717@ifset VISIUM
7718* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7719@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7720@ifset WASM32
7721* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7722@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7723@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7724* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7725@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7726@ifset XSTORMY16
7727* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7728@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7729@ifset XTENSA
7730* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7731@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7732@ifset Z80
7733* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7734@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7735@ifset Z8000
7736* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7737@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7738@end menu
7739
7740@lowersections
7741@end ifset
7742
7743@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7744@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7745@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7746@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7747@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7748@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7749@c in both conditional blocks.
7750
a06ea964
NC
7751@ifset AARCH64
7752@include c-aarch64.texi
7753@end ifset
7754
625e1353
RH
7755@ifset ALPHA
7756@include c-alpha.texi
7757@end ifset
7758
7759@ifset ARC
7760@include c-arc.texi
7761@end ifset
7762
252b5132
RH
7763@ifset ARM
7764@include c-arm.texi
7765@end ifset
7766
8473f7a4
DC
7767@ifset AVR
7768@include c-avr.texi
7769@end ifset
7770
3b4e1885 7771@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7772@include c-bfin.texi
7773@end ifset
7774
3d3d428f
NC
7775@ifset CR16
7776@include c-cr16.texi
7777@end ifset
7778
328eb32e
HPN
7779@ifset CRIS
7780@include c-cris.texi
7781@end ifset
7782
b8891f8d
AJ
7783@ifset CSKY
7784@include c-csky.texi
7785@end ifset
7786
c2dcd04e 7787@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7788@ifclear GENERIC
7789@node Machine Dependencies
7790@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7791
c2dcd04e 7792The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7793and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7794chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7795family.
7796
7797@menu
c2dcd04e 7798* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7799* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7800@end menu
7801@lowersections
7802@end ifclear
7803@end ifset
7804
7805@ifset D10V
7806@include c-d10v.texi
7807@end ifset
7808
7809@ifset D30V
7810@include c-d30v.texi
7811@end ifset
7812
cfb8c092
NC
7813@ifset EPIPHANY
7814@include c-epiphany.texi
7815@end ifset
7816
252b5132
RH
7817@ifset H8/300
7818@include c-h8300.texi
7819@end ifset
7820
252b5132
RH
7821@ifset HPPA
7822@include c-hppa.texi
7823@end ifset
7824
7825@ifset I80386
7826@include c-i386.texi
7827@end ifset
7828
9e32ca89
NC
7829@ifset IA64
7830@include c-ia64.texi
7831@end ifset
7832
a40cbfa3
NC
7833@ifset IP2K
7834@include c-ip2k.texi
7835@end ifset
7836
84e94c90
NC
7837@ifset LM32
7838@include c-lm32.texi
7839@end ifset
7840
49f58d10
JB
7841@ifset M32C
7842@include c-m32c.texi
7843@end ifset
7844
ec694b89
NC
7845@ifset M32R
7846@include c-m32r.texi
7847@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7848
7849@ifset M680X0
7850@include c-m68k.texi
7851@end ifset
7852
60bcf0fa
NC
7853@ifset M68HC11
7854@include c-m68hc11.texi
7855@end ifset
7856
7b4ae824
JD
7857@ifset S12Z
7858@include c-s12z.texi
7859@end ifset
7860
a3c62988
NC
7861@ifset METAG
7862@include c-metag.texi
7863@end ifset
7864
01642c12 7865@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7866@include c-microblaze.texi
7867@end ifset
7868
252b5132
RH
7869@ifset MIPS
7870@include c-mips.texi
7871@end ifset
7872
3c3bdf30
NC
7873@ifset MMIX
7874@include c-mmix.texi
7875@end ifset
7876
2469cfa2
NC
7877@ifset MSP430
7878@include c-msp430.texi
7879@end ifset
7880
35c08157
KLC
7881@ifset NDS32
7882@include c-nds32.texi
7883@end ifset
7884
36591ba1
SL
7885@ifset NIOSII
7886@include c-nios2.texi
7887@end ifset
7888
252b5132
RH
7889@ifset NS32K
7890@include c-ns32k.texi
7891@end ifset
7892
e135f41b
NC
7893@ifset PDP11
7894@include c-pdp11.texi
7895@end ifset
7896
041dd5a9
ILT
7897@ifset PJ
7898@include c-pj.texi
7899@end ifset
7900
418c1742
MG
7901@ifset PPC
7902@include c-ppc.texi
7903@end ifset
7904
93f11b16
DD
7905@ifset PRU
7906@include c-pru.texi
7907@end ifset
7908
4f7eddc4
PD
7909@ifset RISCV
7910@include c-riscv.texi
7911@end ifset
7912
b57e49f7
JW
7913@ifset RL78
7914@include c-rl78.texi
7915@end ifset
7916
046d31c2
NC
7917@ifset RX
7918@include c-rx.texi
7919@end ifset
7920
11c19e16
MS
7921@ifset S390
7922@include c-s390.texi
7923@end ifset
7924
c0157db4
NC
7925@ifset SCORE
7926@include c-score.texi
7927@end ifset
7928
252b5132
RH
7929@ifset SH
7930@include c-sh.texi
7931@end ifset
7932
7933@ifset SPARC
7934@include c-sparc.texi
7935@end ifset
7936
39bec121
TW
7937@ifset TIC54X
7938@include c-tic54x.texi
7939@end ifset
7940
40b36596
JM
7941@ifset TIC6X
7942@include c-tic6x.texi
7943@end ifset
7944
aa137e4d
NC
7945@ifset TILEGX
7946@include c-tilegx.texi
7947@end ifset
7948
7949@ifset TILEPRO
7950@include c-tilepro.texi
7951@end ifset
7952
b6605ddd
EB
7953@ifset V850
7954@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7955@end ifset
7956
7957@ifset VAX
7958@include c-vax.texi
7959@end ifset
7960
b6605ddd
EB
7961@ifset VISIUM
7962@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7963@end ifset
7964
f96bd6c2
PC
7965@ifset WASM32
7966@include c-wasm32.texi
7967@end ifset
7968
f6c1a2d5
NC
7969@ifset XGATE
7970@include c-xgate.texi
7971@end ifset
7972
6753e72f
NC
7973@ifset XSTORMY16
7974@include c-xstormy16.texi
7975@end ifset
7976
e0001a05
NC
7977@ifset XTENSA
7978@include c-xtensa.texi
7979@end ifset
7980
b6605ddd
EB
7981@ifset Z80
7982@include c-z80.texi
7983@end ifset
7984
7985@ifset Z8000
7986@include c-z8k.texi
7987@end ifset
7988
252b5132
RH
7989@ifset GENERIC
7990@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7991@raisesections
7992@end ifset
7993
7994@node Reporting Bugs
7995@chapter Reporting Bugs
7996@cindex bugs in assembler
7997@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7998
a4fb0134 7999Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8000
8001Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8002not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8003entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8004Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8005
8006In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8007information that enables us to fix the bug.
8008
8009@menu
8010* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8011* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8012@end menu
8013
8014@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8015@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8016@cindex bug criteria
8017
8018If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8019
8020@itemize @bullet
8021@cindex fatal signal
8022@cindex assembler crash
8023@cindex crash of assembler
8024@item
8025If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8026@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8027
8028@cindex error on valid input
8029@item
a4fb0134 8030If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8031
8032@cindex invalid input
8033@item
a4fb0134 8034If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8035is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8036be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8037
8038@item
8039If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8040of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8041@end itemize
8042
8043@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8044@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8045@cindex bug reports
8046@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8047
8048A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8049you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8050contact that organization first.
8051
8052You can find contact information for many support companies and
8053individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8054distribution.
8055
ad22bfe8 8056@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8057In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8058to @value{BUGURL}.
8059@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8060
8061The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8062@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8063fact or leave it out, state it!
8064
8065Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8066and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8067name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8068not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8069happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8070perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8071the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8072give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8073and the most helpful.
8074
8075Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8076it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8077that the bug has not been reported previously.
8078
8079Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8080bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8081respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8082You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8083
8084To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8085
8086@itemize @bullet
8087@item
a4fb0134 8088The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8089it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8090
8091Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8092the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8093
8094@item
a4fb0134 8095Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8096
8097@item
8098The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8099version number.
8100
8101@item
a4fb0134 8102What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8103``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8104
8105@item
8106The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8107observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8108all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8109
8110If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8111and then we might not encounter the bug.
8112
8113@item
8114A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8115the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8116high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8117when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8118the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8119file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8120@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8121
8122@item
8123A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8124incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8125
a4fb0134 8126Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8127will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8128notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8129make a mistake.
8130
8131Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8132explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8133@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8134library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8135would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8136would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8137expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8138observations.
8139
8140@item
a4fb0134 8141If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8142diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8143option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8144discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8145by line number.
8146
8147The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8148sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8149@end itemize
8150
8151Here are some things that are not necessary:
8152
8153@itemize @bullet
8154@item
8155A description of the envelope of the bug.
8156
8157Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8158which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8159changes will not affect it.
8160
8161This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8162will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8163with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8164We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8165
8166Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8167of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8168output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8169less time, and so on.
8170
8171However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8172report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8173
8174@item
8175A patch for the bug.
8176
8177A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8178the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8179a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8180to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8181
a4fb0134 8182Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8183construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8184the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8185one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8186
8187And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8188patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8189help us to understand.
8190
8191@item
8192A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8193
8194Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8195things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8196@end itemize
8197
8198@node Acknowledgements
8199@chapter Acknowledgements
8200
653cfe85 8201If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8202it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8203maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8204@c (October 2012),
8205the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8206
8207Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8208more details?}
8209
8210Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8211information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8212extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8213
8214K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8215many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8216up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8217testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8218including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8219and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8220support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8221port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8222file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8223assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8224
8225Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8226in format-specific I/O modules.
8227
8228The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8229has done much work with it since.
8230
8231The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8232
8233Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8234
8235The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8236University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8237
8238Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8239(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8240(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8241support a.out format.
8242
7be1c489
AM
8243Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8244tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8245Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8246use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8247targets.
8248
8249John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8250simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8251updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8252fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8253remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8254cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8255required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8256
8257Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
825868k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8259added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8260PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8261
653cfe85 8262Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8263
8264Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8265
8266Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8267along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8268formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8269the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8270
8271Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8272Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8273Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8274Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8275and some initial 64-bit support).
8276
c1253627 8277Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8278
252b5132
RH
8279Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8280support for openVMS/Alpha.
8281
39bec121
TW
8282Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8283flavors.
8284
e0001a05 8285David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8286Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8287
252b5132
RH
8288Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8289configuration enhancements.
8290
84e94c90
NC
8291Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8292
252b5132
RH
8293Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8294you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8295want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8296intentionally leaving anyone out.
8297
793c5807
NC
8298@node GNU Free Documentation License
8299@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8300@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8301
370b66a1
CD
8302@node AS Index
8303@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8304
8305@printindex cp
8306
252b5132
RH
8307@bye
8308@c Local Variables:
8309@c fill-column: 79
8310@c End: